ETH Price: $2,556.38 (+1.58%)

Transaction Decoder

Block:
15545450 at Sep-16-2022 10:00:59 AM +UTC
Transaction Fee:
0.002462782230704282 ETH $6.30
Gas Used:
339,389 Gas / 7.256517538 Gwei

Emitted Events:

66 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=411 )
67 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=412 )
68 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=413 )
69 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=414 )
70 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=415 )
71 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=416 )
72 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=417 )
73 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=418 )
74 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=419 )
75 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=420 )
76 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=421 )
77 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=422 )
78 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=423 )
79 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=424 )
80 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=425 )
81 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=426 )
82 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=427 )
83 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=428 )
84 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=429 )
85 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=430 )
86 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=431 )
87 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=432 )
88 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=433 )
89 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=434 )
90 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=435 )
91 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=436 )
92 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=437 )
93 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=438 )
94 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=439 )
95 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=440 )
96 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=441 )
97 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=442 )
98 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=443 )
99 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=444 )
100 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=445 )
101 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=446 )
102 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=447 )
103 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=448 )
104 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=449 )
105 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=450 )
106 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=451 )
107 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=452 )
108 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=453 )
109 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=454 )
110 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=455 )
111 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=456 )
112 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=457 )
113 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=458 )
114 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=459 )
115 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=460 )
116 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=461 )
117 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=462 )
118 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=463 )
119 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=464 )
120 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=465 )
121 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=466 )
122 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=467 )
123 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=468 )
124 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=469 )
125 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=470 )
126 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=471 )
127 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=472 )
128 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=473 )
129 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=474 )
130 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=475 )
131 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=476 )
132 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=477 )
133 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=478 )
134 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=479 )
135 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=480 )
136 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=481 )
137 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=482 )
138 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=483 )
139 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=484 )
140 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=485 )
141 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=486 )
142 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=487 )
143 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=488 )
144 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=489 )
145 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=490 )
146 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=491 )
147 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=492 )
148 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=493 )
149 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=494 )
150 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=495 )
151 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=496 )
152 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=497 )
153 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=498 )
154 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=499 )
155 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=500 )
156 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=501 )
157 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=502 )
158 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=503 )
159 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=504 )
160 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=505 )
161 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=506 )
162 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=507 )
163 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=508 )
164 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=509 )
165 SignatureDrop.Transfer( from=0x00000000...000000000, to=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, tokenId=510 )
166 SignatureDrop.TokensClaimed( claimer=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, receiver=[Sender] 0x5e687022e907471674507917cef6df03750bcc6d, startTokenId=411, quantityClaimed=100 )

Account State Difference:

  Address   Before After State Difference Code
0x5E687022...3750bCC6d
0.436546476232489558 Eth
Nonce: 105
0.434083694001785276 Eth
Nonce: 106
0.002462782230704282
(Fee Recipient: 0x9f...81a)
2.101619869989244886 Eth2.102128953489244886 Eth0.0005090835
0xd7EbFf9C...e99F56175

Execution Trace

SignatureDrop.claim( )
  • SignatureDrop.claim( )
    File 1 of 2: SignatureDrop
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
     * [EIP](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165).
     *
     * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
     * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
     *
     * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
     */
    interface IERC165 {
        /**
         * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
         * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
         * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
         * to learn more about how these ids are created.
         *
         * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
         */
        function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @title ERC20 interface
     * @dev see https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20
     */
    interface IERC20 {
        function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
        function balanceOf(address who) external view returns (uint256);
        function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
        function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
        function approve(address spender, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
        function transferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 value
        ) external returns (bool);
        event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
        event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./IERC165.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
     *
     * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
     * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
     *
     * _Available since v4.5._
     */
    interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
        /**
         * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
         * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be payed in that same unit of exchange.
         */
        function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
            external
            view
            returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  @title   Batch-mint Metadata
     *  @notice  The `BatchMintMetadata` is a contract extension for any base NFT contract. It lets the smart contract
     *           using this extension set metadata for `n` number of NFTs all at once. This is enabled by storing a single
     *           base URI for a batch of `n` NFTs, where the metadata for each NFT in a relevant batch is `baseURI/tokenId`.
     */
    contract BatchMintMetadata {
        /// @dev Largest tokenId of each batch of tokens with the same baseURI.
        uint256[] private batchIds;
        /// @dev Mapping from id of a batch of tokens => to base URI for the respective batch of tokens.
        mapping(uint256 => string) private baseURI;
        /**
         *  @notice         Returns the count of batches of NFTs.
         *  @dev            Each batch of tokens has an in ID and an associated `baseURI`.
         *                  See {batchIds}.
         */
        function getBaseURICount() public view returns (uint256) {
            return batchIds.length;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Returns the ID for the batch of tokens the given tokenId belongs to.
         *  @dev            See {getBaseURICount}.
         *  @param _index   ID of a token.
         */
        function getBatchIdAtIndex(uint256 _index) public view returns (uint256) {
            if (_index >= getBaseURICount()) {
                revert("Invalid index");
            }
            return batchIds[_index];
        }
        /// @dev Returns the id for the batch of tokens the given tokenId belongs to.
        function getBatchId(uint256 _tokenId) internal view returns (uint256 batchId, uint256 index) {
            uint256 numOfTokenBatches = getBaseURICount();
            uint256[] memory indices = batchIds;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < numOfTokenBatches; i += 1) {
                if (_tokenId < indices[i]) {
                    index = i;
                    batchId = indices[i];
                    return (batchId, index);
                }
            }
            revert("Invalid tokenId");
        }
        /// @dev Returns the baseURI for a token. The intended metadata URI for the token is baseURI + tokenId.
        function getBaseURI(uint256 _tokenId) internal view returns (string memory) {
            uint256 numOfTokenBatches = getBaseURICount();
            uint256[] memory indices = batchIds;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < numOfTokenBatches; i += 1) {
                if (_tokenId < indices[i]) {
                    return baseURI[indices[i]];
                }
            }
            revert("Invalid tokenId");
        }
        /// @dev Sets the base URI for the batch of tokens with the given batchId.
        function _setBaseURI(uint256 _batchId, string memory _baseURI) internal {
            baseURI[_batchId] = _baseURI;
        }
        /// @dev Mints a batch of tokenIds and associates a common baseURI to all those Ids.
        function _batchMintMetadata(
            uint256 _startId,
            uint256 _amountToMint,
            string memory _baseURIForTokens
        ) internal returns (uint256 nextTokenIdToMint, uint256 batchId) {
            batchId = _startId + _amountToMint;
            nextTokenIdToMint = batchId;
            batchIds.push(batchId);
            baseURI[batchId] = _baseURIForTokens;
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IContractMetadata.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Contract Metadata
     *  @notice  Thirdweb's `ContractMetadata` is a contract extension for any base contracts. It lets you set a metadata URI
     *           for you contract.
     *           Additionally, `ContractMetadata` is necessary for NFT contracts that want royalties to get distributed on OpenSea.
     */
    abstract contract ContractMetadata is IContractMetadata {
        /// @notice Returns the contract metadata URI.
        string public override contractURI;
        /**
         *  @notice         Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
         *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to setup contractURI, e.g. contract admin.
         *                  See {_canSetContractURI}.
         *                  Emits {ContractURIUpdated Event}.
         *
         *  @param _uri     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         */
        function setContractURI(string memory _uri) external override {
            if (!_canSetContractURI()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _setupContractURI(_uri);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
        function _setupContractURI(string memory _uri) internal {
            string memory prevURI = contractURI;
            contractURI = _uri;
            emit ContractURIUpdated(prevURI, _uri);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether contract metadata can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetContractURI() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IDelayedReveal.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Delayed Reveal
     *  @notice  Thirdweb's `DelayedReveal` is a contract extension for base NFT contracts. It lets you create batches of
     *           'delayed-reveal' NFTs. You can learn more about the usage of delayed reveal NFTs here - https://blog.thirdweb.com/delayed-reveal-nfts
     */
    abstract contract DelayedReveal is IDelayedReveal {
        /// @dev Mapping from tokenId of a batch of tokens => to delayed reveal data.
        mapping(uint256 => bytes) public encryptedData;
        /// @dev Sets the delayed reveal data for a batchId.
        function _setEncryptedData(uint256 _batchId, bytes memory _encryptedData) internal {
            encryptedData[_batchId] = _encryptedData;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice             Returns revealed URI for a batch of NFTs.
         *  @dev                Reveal encrypted base URI for `_batchId` with caller/admin's `_key` used for encryption.
         *                      Reverts if there's no encrypted URI for `_batchId`.
         *                      See {encryptDecrypt}.
         *
         *  @param _batchId     ID of the batch for which URI is being revealed.
         *  @param _key         Secure key used by caller/admin for encryption of baseURI.
         *
         *  @return revealedURI Decrypted base URI.
         */
        function getRevealURI(uint256 _batchId, bytes calldata _key) public view returns (string memory revealedURI) {
            bytes memory data = encryptedData[_batchId];
            if (data.length == 0) {
                revert("Nothing to reveal");
            }
            (bytes memory encryptedURI, bytes32 provenanceHash) = abi.decode(data, (bytes, bytes32));
            revealedURI = string(encryptDecrypt(encryptedURI, _key));
            require(keccak256(abi.encodePacked(revealedURI, _key, block.chainid)) == provenanceHash, "Incorrect key");
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Encrypt/decrypt data on chain.
         *  @dev            Encrypt/decrypt given `data` with `key`. Uses inline assembly.
         *                  See: https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/questions/69825/decrypt-message-on-chain
         *
         *  @param data     Bytes of data to encrypt/decrypt.
         *  @param key      Secure key used by caller for encryption/decryption.
         *
         *  @return result  Output after encryption/decryption of given data.
         */
        function encryptDecrypt(bytes memory data, bytes calldata key) public pure override returns (bytes memory result) {
            // Store data length on stack for later use
            uint256 length = data.length;
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                // Set result to free memory pointer
                result := mload(0x40)
                // Increase free memory pointer by lenght + 32
                mstore(0x40, add(add(result, length), 32))
                // Set result length
                mstore(result, length)
            }
            // Iterate over the data stepping by 32 bytes
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; i += 32) {
                // Generate hash of the key and offset
                bytes32 hash = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(key, i));
                bytes32 chunk;
                // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                assembly {
                    // Read 32-bytes data chunk
                    chunk := mload(add(data, add(i, 32)))
                }
                // XOR the chunk with hash
                chunk ^= hash;
                // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                assembly {
                    // Write 32-byte encrypted chunk
                    mstore(add(result, add(i, 32)), chunk)
                }
            }
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Returns whether the relvant batch of NFTs is subject to a delayed reveal.
         *  @dev            Returns `true` if `_batchId`'s base URI is encrypted.
         *  @param _batchId ID of a batch of NFTs.
         */
        function isEncryptedBatch(uint256 _batchId) public view returns (bool) {
            return encryptedData[_batchId].length > 0;
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IDropSinglePhase.sol";
    import "../lib/MerkleProof.sol";
    import "../lib/TWBitMaps.sol";
    abstract contract DropSinglePhase is IDropSinglePhase {
        using TWBitMaps for TWBitMaps.BitMap;
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                State variables
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev The active conditions for claiming tokens.
        ClaimCondition public claimCondition;
        /// @dev The ID for the active claim condition.
        bytes32 private conditionId;
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                    Mappings
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /**
         *  @dev Map from an account and uid for a claim condition, to the last timestamp
         *       at which the account claimed tokens under that claim condition.
         */
        mapping(bytes32 => mapping(address => uint256)) private lastClaimTimestamp;
        /**
         *  @dev Map from a claim condition uid to whether an address in an allowlist
         *       has already claimed tokens i.e. used their place in the allowlist.
         */
        mapping(bytes32 => TWBitMaps.BitMap) private usedAllowlistSpot;
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                Drop logic
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Lets an account claim tokens.
        function claim(
            address _receiver,
            uint256 _quantity,
            address _currency,
            uint256 _pricePerToken,
            AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof,
            bytes memory _data
        ) public payable virtual override {
            _beforeClaim(_receiver, _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken, _allowlistProof, _data);
            bytes32 activeConditionId = conditionId;
            /**
             *  We make allowlist checks (i.e. verifyClaimMerkleProof) before verifying the claim's general
             *  validity (i.e. verifyClaim) because we give precedence to the check of allow list quantity
             *  restriction over the check of the general claim condition's quantityLimitPerTransaction
             *  restriction.
             */
            // Verify inclusion in allowlist.
            (bool validMerkleProof, uint256 merkleProofIndex) = verifyClaimMerkleProof(
                _dropMsgSender(),
                _quantity,
                _allowlistProof
            );
            // Verify claim validity. If not valid, revert.
            // when there's allowlist present --> verifyClaimMerkleProof will verify the maxQuantityInAllowlist value with hashed leaf in the allowlist
            // when there's no allowlist, this check is true --> verifyClaim will check for _quantity being equal/less than the limit
            bool toVerifyMaxQuantityPerTransaction = _allowlistProof.maxQuantityInAllowlist == 0 ||
                claimCondition.merkleRoot == bytes32(0);
            verifyClaim(_dropMsgSender(), _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken, toVerifyMaxQuantityPerTransaction);
            if (validMerkleProof && _allowlistProof.maxQuantityInAllowlist > 0) {
                /**
                 *  Mark the claimer's use of their position in the allowlist. A spot in an allowlist
                 *  can be used only once.
                 */
                usedAllowlistSpot[activeConditionId].set(merkleProofIndex);
            }
            // Update contract state.
            claimCondition.supplyClaimed += _quantity;
            lastClaimTimestamp[activeConditionId][_dropMsgSender()] = block.timestamp;
            // If there's a price, collect price.
            collectPriceOnClaim(address(0), _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken);
            // Mint the relevant NFTs to claimer.
            uint256 startTokenId = transferTokensOnClaim(_receiver, _quantity);
            emit TokensClaimed(_dropMsgSender(), _receiver, startTokenId, _quantity);
            _afterClaim(_receiver, _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken, _allowlistProof, _data);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin set claim conditions.
        function setClaimConditions(ClaimCondition calldata _condition, bool _resetClaimEligibility) external override {
            if (!_canSetClaimConditions()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            bytes32 targetConditionId = conditionId;
            uint256 supplyClaimedAlready = claimCondition.supplyClaimed;
            if (_resetClaimEligibility) {
                supplyClaimedAlready = 0;
                targetConditionId = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_dropMsgSender(), block.number));
            }
            if (supplyClaimedAlready > _condition.maxClaimableSupply) {
                revert("max supply claimed");
            }
            claimCondition = ClaimCondition({
                startTimestamp: _condition.startTimestamp,
                maxClaimableSupply: _condition.maxClaimableSupply,
                supplyClaimed: supplyClaimedAlready,
                quantityLimitPerTransaction: _condition.quantityLimitPerTransaction,
                waitTimeInSecondsBetweenClaims: _condition.waitTimeInSecondsBetweenClaims,
                merkleRoot: _condition.merkleRoot,
                pricePerToken: _condition.pricePerToken,
                currency: _condition.currency
            });
            conditionId = targetConditionId;
            emit ClaimConditionUpdated(_condition, _resetClaimEligibility);
        }
        /// @dev Checks a request to claim NFTs against the active claim condition's criteria.
        function verifyClaim(
            address _claimer,
            uint256 _quantity,
            address _currency,
            uint256 _pricePerToken,
            bool verifyMaxQuantityPerTransaction
        ) public view {
            ClaimCondition memory currentClaimPhase = claimCondition;
            if (_currency != currentClaimPhase.currency || _pricePerToken != currentClaimPhase.pricePerToken) {
                revert("Invalid price or currency");
            }
            // If we're checking for an allowlist quantity restriction, ignore the general quantity restriction.
            if (
                _quantity == 0 ||
                (verifyMaxQuantityPerTransaction && _quantity > currentClaimPhase.quantityLimitPerTransaction)
            ) {
                revert("Invalid quantity");
            }
            if (currentClaimPhase.supplyClaimed + _quantity > currentClaimPhase.maxClaimableSupply) {
                revert("exceeds max supply");
            }
            (uint256 lastClaimedAt, uint256 nextValidClaimTimestamp) = getClaimTimestamp(_claimer);
            if (
                currentClaimPhase.startTimestamp > block.timestamp ||
                (lastClaimedAt != 0 && block.timestamp < nextValidClaimTimestamp)
            ) {
                revert("cant claim yet");
            }
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether a claimer meets the claim condition's allowlist criteria.
        function verifyClaimMerkleProof(
            address _claimer,
            uint256 _quantity,
            AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof
        ) public view returns (bool validMerkleProof, uint256 merkleProofIndex) {
            ClaimCondition memory currentClaimPhase = claimCondition;
            if (currentClaimPhase.merkleRoot != bytes32(0)) {
                (validMerkleProof, merkleProofIndex) = MerkleProof.verify(
                    _allowlistProof.proof,
                    currentClaimPhase.merkleRoot,
                    keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_claimer, _allowlistProof.maxQuantityInAllowlist))
                );
                if (!validMerkleProof) {
                    revert("not in allowlist");
                }
                if (usedAllowlistSpot[conditionId].get(merkleProofIndex)) {
                    revert("proof claimed");
                }
                if (_allowlistProof.maxQuantityInAllowlist != 0 && _quantity > _allowlistProof.maxQuantityInAllowlist) {
                    revert("Invalid qty proof");
                }
            }
        }
        /// @dev Returns the timestamp for when a claimer is eligible for claiming NFTs again.
        function getClaimTimestamp(address _claimer)
            public
            view
            returns (uint256 lastClaimedAt, uint256 nextValidClaimTimestamp)
        {
            lastClaimedAt = lastClaimTimestamp[conditionId][_claimer];
            unchecked {
                nextValidClaimTimestamp = lastClaimedAt + claimCondition.waitTimeInSecondsBetweenClaims;
                if (nextValidClaimTimestamp < lastClaimedAt) {
                    nextValidClaimTimestamp = type(uint256).max;
                }
            }
        }
        /*////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
            Optional hooks that can be implemented in the derived contract
        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Exposes the ability to override the msg sender.
        function _dropMsgSender() internal virtual returns (address) {
            return msg.sender;
        }
        /// @dev Runs before every `claim` function call.
        function _beforeClaim(
            address _receiver,
            uint256 _quantity,
            address _currency,
            uint256 _pricePerToken,
            AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof,
            bytes memory _data
        ) internal virtual {}
        /// @dev Runs after every `claim` function call.
        function _afterClaim(
            address _receiver,
            uint256 _quantity,
            address _currency,
            uint256 _pricePerToken,
            AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof,
            bytes memory _data
        ) internal virtual {}
        /// @dev Collects and distributes the primary sale value of NFTs being claimed.
        function collectPriceOnClaim(
            address _primarySaleRecipient,
            uint256 _quantityToClaim,
            address _currency,
            uint256 _pricePerToken
        ) internal virtual;
        /// @dev Transfers the NFTs being claimed.
        function transferTokensOnClaim(address _to, uint256 _quantityBeingClaimed)
            internal
            virtual
            returns (uint256 startTokenId);
        function _canSetClaimConditions() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/ILazyMint.sol";
    import "./BatchMintMetadata.sol";
    /**
     *  The `LazyMint` is a contract extension for any base NFT contract. It lets you 'lazy mint' any number of NFTs
     *  at once. Here, 'lazy mint' means defining the metadata for particular tokenIds of your NFT contract, without actually
     *  minting a non-zero balance of NFTs of those tokenIds.
     */
    abstract contract LazyMint is ILazyMint, BatchMintMetadata {
        /// @notice The tokenId assigned to the next new NFT to be lazy minted.
        uint256 internal nextTokenIdToLazyMint;
        /**
         *  @notice                  Lets an authorized address lazy mint a given amount of NFTs.
         *
         *  @param _amount           The number of NFTs to lazy mint.
         *  @param _baseURIForTokens The base URI for the 'n' number of NFTs being lazy minted, where the metadata for each
         *                           of those NFTs is `${baseURIForTokens}/${tokenId}`.
         *  @param _data             Additional bytes data to be used at the discretion of the consumer of the contract.
         *  @return batchId          A unique integer identifier for the batch of NFTs lazy minted together.
         */
        function lazyMint(
            uint256 _amount,
            string calldata _baseURIForTokens,
            bytes calldata _data
        ) public virtual override returns (uint256 batchId) {
            if (!_canLazyMint()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            if (_amount == 0) {
                revert("Minting 0 tokens");
            }
            uint256 startId = nextTokenIdToLazyMint;
            (nextTokenIdToLazyMint, batchId) = _batchMintMetadata(startId, _amount, _baseURIForTokens);
            emit TokensLazyMinted(startId, startId + _amount - 1, _baseURIForTokens, _data);
            return batchId;
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether lazy minting can be performed in the given execution context.
        function _canLazyMint() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IOwnable.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Ownable
     *  @notice  Thirdweb's `Ownable` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *           who the 'owner' of the inheriting smart contract is, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses
     *           information about who the contract's owner is.
     */
    abstract contract Ownable is IOwnable {
        /// @dev Owner of the contract (purpose: OpenSea compatibility)
        address private _owner;
        /// @dev Reverts if caller is not the owner.
        modifier onlyOwner() {
            if (msg.sender != _owner) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice Returns the owner of the contract.
         */
        function owner() public view override returns (address) {
            return _owner;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice Lets an authorized wallet set a new owner for the contract.
         *  @param _newOwner The address to set as the new owner of the contract.
         */
        function setOwner(address _newOwner) external override {
            if (!_canSetOwner()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _setupOwner(_newOwner);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a contract admin.
        function _setupOwner(address _newOwner) internal {
            address _prevOwner = _owner;
            _owner = _newOwner;
            emit OwnerUpdated(_prevOwner, _newOwner);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether owner can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetOwner() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IPermissions.sol";
    import "../lib/TWStrings.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Permissions
     *  @dev     This contracts provides extending-contracts with role-based access control mechanisms
     */
    contract Permissions is IPermissions {
        /// @dev Map from keccak256 hash of a role => a map from address => whether address has role.
        mapping(bytes32 => mapping(address => bool)) private _hasRole;
        /// @dev Map from keccak256 hash of a role to role admin. See {getRoleAdmin}.
        mapping(bytes32 => bytes32) private _getRoleAdmin;
        /// @dev Default admin role for all roles. Only accounts with this role can grant/revoke other roles.
        bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
        /// @dev Modifier that checks if an account has the specified role; reverts otherwise.
        modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
            _checkRole(role, msg.sender);
            _;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Checks whether an account has a particular role.
         *  @dev            Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *  @param account  Address of the account for which the role is being checked.
         */
        function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view override returns (bool) {
            return _hasRole[role][account];
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Checks whether an account has a particular role;
         *                  role restrictions can be swtiched on and off.
         *
         *  @dev            Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
         *                  Role restrictions can be swtiched on and off:
         *                      - If address(0) has ROLE, then the ROLE restrictions
         *                        don't apply.
         *                      - If address(0) does not have ROLE, then the ROLE
         *                        restrictions will apply.
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *  @param account  Address of the account for which the role is being checked.
         */
        function hasRoleWithSwitch(bytes32 role, address account) public view returns (bool) {
            if (!_hasRole[role][address(0)]) {
                return _hasRole[role][account];
            }
            return true;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Returns the admin role that controls the specified role.
         *  @dev            See {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
         *                  To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         */
        function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view override returns (bytes32) {
            return _getRoleAdmin[role];
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Grants a role to an account, if not previously granted.
         *  @dev            Caller must have admin role for the `role`.
         *                  Emits {RoleGranted Event}.
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *  @param account  Address of the account to which the role is being granted.
         */
        function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
            _checkRole(_getRoleAdmin[role], msg.sender);
            if (_hasRole[role][account]) {
                revert("Can only grant to non holders");
            }
            _setupRole(role, account);
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Revokes role from an account.
         *  @dev            Caller must have admin role for the `role`.
         *                  Emits {RoleRevoked Event}.
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *  @param account  Address of the account from which the role is being revoked.
         */
        function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
            _checkRole(_getRoleAdmin[role], msg.sender);
            _revokeRole(role, account);
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Revokes role from the account.
         *  @dev            Caller must have the `role`, with caller being the same as `account`.
         *                  Emits {RoleRevoked Event}.
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *  @param account  Address of the account from which the role is being revoked.
         */
        function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
            if (msg.sender != account) {
                revert("Can only renounce for self");
            }
            _revokeRole(role, account);
        }
        /// @dev Sets `adminRole` as `role`'s admin role.
        function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
            bytes32 previousAdminRole = _getRoleAdmin[role];
            _getRoleAdmin[role] = adminRole;
            emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
        }
        /// @dev Sets up `role` for `account`
        function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
            _hasRole[role][account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, msg.sender);
        }
        /// @dev Revokes `role` from `account`
        function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
            _checkRole(role, account);
            delete _hasRole[role][account];
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, msg.sender);
        }
        /// @dev Checks `role` for `account`. Reverts with a message including the required role.
        function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
            if (!_hasRole[role][account]) {
                revert(
                    string(
                        abi.encodePacked(
                            "Permissions: account ",
                            TWStrings.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                            " is missing role ",
                            TWStrings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                        )
                    )
                );
            }
        }
        /// @dev Checks `role` for `account`. Reverts with a message including the required role.
        function _checkRoleWithSwitch(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
            if (!hasRoleWithSwitch(role, account)) {
                revert(
                    string(
                        abi.encodePacked(
                            "Permissions: account ",
                            TWStrings.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                            " is missing role ",
                            TWStrings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                        )
                    )
                );
            }
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IPermissionsEnumerable.sol";
    import "./Permissions.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   PermissionsEnumerable
     *  @dev     This contracts provides extending-contracts with role-based access control mechanisms.
     *           Also provides interfaces to view all members with a given role, and total count of members.
     */
    contract PermissionsEnumerable is IPermissionsEnumerable, Permissions {
        /**
         *  @notice A data structure to store data of members for a given role.
         *
         *  @param index    Current index in the list of accounts that have a role.
         *  @param members  map from index => address of account that has a role
         *  @param indexOf  map from address => index which the account has.
         */
        struct RoleMembers {
            uint256 index;
            mapping(uint256 => address) members;
            mapping(address => uint256) indexOf;
        }
        /// @dev map from keccak256 hash of a role to its members' data. See {RoleMembers}.
        mapping(bytes32 => RoleMembers) private roleMembers;
        /**
         *  @notice         Returns the role-member from a list of members for a role,
         *                  at a given index.
         *  @dev            Returns `member` who has `role`, at `index` of role-members list.
         *                  See struct {RoleMembers}, and mapping {roleMembers}
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *  @param index    Index in list of current members for the role.
         *
         *  @return member  Address of account that has `role`
         */
        function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view override returns (address member) {
            uint256 currentIndex = roleMembers[role].index;
            uint256 check;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < currentIndex; i += 1) {
                if (roleMembers[role].members[i] != address(0)) {
                    if (check == index) {
                        member = roleMembers[role].members[i];
                        return member;
                    }
                    check += 1;
                } else if (hasRole(role, address(0)) && i == roleMembers[role].indexOf[address(0)]) {
                    check += 1;
                }
            }
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Returns total number of accounts that have a role.
         *  @dev            Returns `count` of accounts that have `role`.
         *                  See struct {RoleMembers}, and mapping {roleMembers}
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *
         *  @return count   Total number of accounts that have `role`
         */
        function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view override returns (uint256 count) {
            uint256 currentIndex = roleMembers[role].index;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < currentIndex; i += 1) {
                if (roleMembers[role].members[i] != address(0)) {
                    count += 1;
                }
            }
            if (hasRole(role, address(0))) {
                count += 1;
            }
        }
        /// @dev Revokes `role` from `account`, and removes `account` from {roleMembers}
        ///      See {_removeMember}
        function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
            super._revokeRole(role, account);
            _removeMember(role, account);
        }
        /// @dev Grants `role` to `account`, and adds `account` to {roleMembers}
        ///      See {_addMember}
        function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
            super._setupRole(role, account);
            _addMember(role, account);
        }
        /// @dev adds `account` to {roleMembers}, for `role`
        function _addMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
            uint256 idx = roleMembers[role].index;
            roleMembers[role].index += 1;
            roleMembers[role].members[idx] = account;
            roleMembers[role].indexOf[account] = idx;
        }
        /// @dev removes `account` from {roleMembers}, for `role`
        function _removeMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
            uint256 idx = roleMembers[role].indexOf[account];
            delete roleMembers[role].members[idx];
            delete roleMembers[role].indexOf[account];
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IPlatformFee.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Platform Fee
     *  @notice  Thirdweb's `PlatformFee` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *           the recipient of platform fee and the platform fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
     *           that uses information about platform fees, if desired.
     */
    abstract contract PlatformFee is IPlatformFee {
        /// @dev The address that receives all platform fees from all sales.
        address private platformFeeRecipient;
        /// @dev The % of primary sales collected as platform fees.
        uint16 private platformFeeBps;
        /// @dev Returns the platform fee recipient and bps.
        function getPlatformFeeInfo() public view override returns (address, uint16) {
            return (platformFeeRecipient, uint16(platformFeeBps));
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Updates the platform fee recipient and bps.
         *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set platform fee info.
         *                  See {_canSetPlatformFeeInfo}.
         *                  Emits {PlatformFeeInfoUpdated Event}; See {_setupPlatformFeeInfo}.
         *
         *  @param _platformFeeRecipient   Address to be set as new platformFeeRecipient.
         *  @param _platformFeeBps         Updated platformFeeBps.
         */
        function setPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _platformFeeBps) external override {
            if (!_canSetPlatformFeeInfo()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _setupPlatformFeeInfo(_platformFeeRecipient, _platformFeeBps);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin update the platform fee recipient and bps
        function _setupPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _platformFeeBps) internal {
            if (_platformFeeBps > 10_000) {
                revert("Exceeds max bps");
            }
            platformFeeBps = uint16(_platformFeeBps);
            platformFeeRecipient = _platformFeeRecipient;
            emit PlatformFeeInfoUpdated(_platformFeeRecipient, _platformFeeBps);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether platform fee info can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetPlatformFeeInfo() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IPrimarySale.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Primary Sale
     *  @notice  Thirdweb's `PrimarySale` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *           the recipient of primary sales, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses information about
     *           primary sales, if desired.
     */
    abstract contract PrimarySale is IPrimarySale {
        /// @dev The address that receives all primary sales value.
        address private recipient;
        /// @dev Returns primary sale recipient address.
        function primarySaleRecipient() public view override returns (address) {
            return recipient;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Updates primary sale recipient.
         *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set primary sales info.
         *                  See {_canSetPrimarySaleRecipient}.
         *                  Emits {PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated Event}; See {_setupPrimarySaleRecipient}.
         *
         *  @param _saleRecipient   Address to be set as new recipient of primary sales.
         */
        function setPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) external override {
            if (!_canSetPrimarySaleRecipient()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(_saleRecipient);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the recipient for all primary sales.
        function _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) internal {
            recipient = _saleRecipient;
            emit PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(_saleRecipient);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether primary sale recipient can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetPrimarySaleRecipient() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IRoyalty.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Royalty
     *  @notice  Thirdweb's `Royalty` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *           the recipient of royalty fee and the royalty fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
     *           that uses information about royalty fees, if desired.
     *
     *  @dev     The `Royalty` contract is ERC2981 compliant.
     */
    abstract contract Royalty is IRoyalty {
        /// @dev The (default) address that receives all royalty value.
        address private royaltyRecipient;
        /// @dev The (default) % of a sale to take as royalty (in basis points).
        uint16 private royaltyBps;
        /// @dev Token ID => royalty recipient and bps for token
        mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private royaltyInfoForToken;
        /**
         *  @notice   View royalty info for a given token and sale price.
         *  @dev      Returns royalty amount and recipient for `tokenId` and `salePrice`.
         *  @param tokenId          The tokenID of the NFT for which to query royalty info.
         *  @param salePrice        Sale price of the token.
         *
         *  @return receiver        Address of royalty recipient account.
         *  @return royaltyAmount   Royalty amount calculated at current royaltyBps value.
         */
        function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
            external
            view
            virtual
            override
            returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount)
        {
            (address recipient, uint256 bps) = getRoyaltyInfoForToken(tokenId);
            receiver = recipient;
            royaltyAmount = (salePrice * bps) / 10_000;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice          View royalty info for a given token.
         *  @dev             Returns royalty recipient and bps for `_tokenId`.
         *  @param _tokenId  The tokenID of the NFT for which to query royalty info.
         */
        function getRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 _tokenId) public view override returns (address, uint16) {
            RoyaltyInfo memory royaltyForToken = royaltyInfoForToken[_tokenId];
            return
                royaltyForToken.recipient == address(0)
                    ? (royaltyRecipient, uint16(royaltyBps))
                    : (royaltyForToken.recipient, uint16(royaltyForToken.bps));
        }
        /**
         *  @notice Returns the defualt royalty recipient and BPS for this contract's NFTs.
         */
        function getDefaultRoyaltyInfo() external view override returns (address, uint16) {
            return (royaltyRecipient, uint16(royaltyBps));
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Updates default royalty recipient and bps.
         *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set royalty info.
         *                  See {_canSetRoyaltyInfo}.
         *                  Emits {DefaultRoyalty Event}; See {_setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo}.
         *
         *  @param _royaltyRecipient   Address to be set as default royalty recipient.
         *  @param _royaltyBps         Updated royalty bps.
         */
        function setDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) external override {
            if (!_canSetRoyaltyInfo()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin update the default royalty recipient and bps.
        function _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) internal {
            if (_royaltyBps > 10_000) {
                revert("Exceeds max bps");
            }
            royaltyRecipient = _royaltyRecipient;
            royaltyBps = uint16(_royaltyBps);
            emit DefaultRoyalty(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Updates default royalty recipient and bps for a particular token.
         *  @dev            Sets royalty info for `_tokenId`. Caller should be authorized to set royalty info.
         *                  See {_canSetRoyaltyInfo}.
         *                  Emits {RoyaltyForToken Event}; See {_setupRoyaltyInfoForToken}.
         *
         *  @param _recipient   Address to be set as royalty recipient for given token Id.
         *  @param _bps         Updated royalty bps for the token Id.
         */
        function setRoyaltyInfoForToken(
            uint256 _tokenId,
            address _recipient,
            uint256 _bps
        ) external override {
            if (!_canSetRoyaltyInfo()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(_tokenId, _recipient, _bps);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the royalty recipient and bps for a particular token Id.
        function _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(
            uint256 _tokenId,
            address _recipient,
            uint256 _bps
        ) internal {
            if (_bps > 10_000) {
                revert("Exceeds max bps");
            }
            royaltyInfoForToken[_tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo({ recipient: _recipient, bps: _bps });
            emit RoyaltyForToken(_tokenId, _recipient, _bps);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether royalty info can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetRoyaltyInfo() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/ISignatureMintERC721.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/draft-EIP712Upgradeable.sol";
    abstract contract SignatureMintERC721Upgradeable is Initializable, EIP712Upgradeable, ISignatureMintERC721 {
        using ECDSAUpgradeable for bytes32;
        bytes32 private constant TYPEHASH =
            keccak256(
                "MintRequest(address to,address royaltyRecipient,uint256 royaltyBps,address primarySaleRecipient,string uri,uint256 quantity,uint256 pricePerToken,address currency,uint128 validityStartTimestamp,uint128 validityEndTimestamp,bytes32 uid)"
            );
        /// @dev Mapping from mint request UID => whether the mint request is processed.
        mapping(bytes32 => bool) private minted;
        function __SignatureMintERC721_init() internal onlyInitializing {
            __EIP712_init("SignatureMintERC721", "1");
        }
        function __SignatureMintERC721_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}
        /// @dev Verifies that a mint request is signed by an account holding MINTER_ROLE (at the time of the function call).
        function verify(MintRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature)
            public
            view
            override
            returns (bool success, address signer)
        {
            signer = _recoverAddress(_req, _signature);
            success = !minted[_req.uid] && _isAuthorizedSigner(signer);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether a given address is authorized to sign mint requests.
        function _isAuthorizedSigner(address _signer) internal view virtual returns (bool);
        /// @dev Verifies a mint request and marks the request as minted.
        function _processRequest(MintRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature) internal returns (address signer) {
            bool success;
            (success, signer) = verify(_req, _signature);
            if (!success) {
                revert("Invalid req");
            }
            if (_req.validityStartTimestamp > block.timestamp || block.timestamp > _req.validityEndTimestamp) {
                revert("Req expired");
            }
            minted[_req.uid] = true;
        }
        /// @dev Returns the address of the signer of the mint request.
        function _recoverAddress(MintRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature) internal view returns (address) {
            return _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(_encodeRequest(_req))).recover(_signature);
        }
        /// @dev Resolves 'stack too deep' error in `recoverAddress`.
        function _encodeRequest(MintRequest calldata _req) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
            return
                abi.encode(
                    TYPEHASH,
                    _req.to,
                    _req.royaltyRecipient,
                    _req.royaltyBps,
                    _req.primarySaleRecipient,
                    keccak256(bytes(_req.uri)),
                    _req.quantity,
                    _req.pricePerToken,
                    _req.currency,
                    _req.validityStartTimestamp,
                    _req.validityEndTimestamp,
                    _req.uid
                );
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../../lib/TWBitMaps.sol";
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's 'Drop' contracts are distribution mechanisms for tokens.
     *
     *  A contract admin (i.e. a holder of `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`) can set a series of claim conditions,
     *  ordered by their respective `startTimestamp`. A claim condition defines criteria under which
     *  accounts can mint tokens. Claim conditions can be overwritten or added to by the contract admin.
     *  At any moment, there is only one active claim condition.
     */
    interface IClaimCondition {
        /**
         *  @notice The criteria that make up a claim condition.
         *
         *  @param startTimestamp                 The unix timestamp after which the claim condition applies.
         *                                        The same claim condition applies until the `startTimestamp`
         *                                        of the next claim condition.
         *
         *  @param maxClaimableSupply             The maximum total number of tokens that can be claimed under
         *                                        the claim condition.
         *
         *  @param supplyClaimed                  At any given point, the number of tokens that have been claimed
         *                                        under the claim condition.
         *
         *  @param quantityLimitPerTransaction    The maximum number of tokens that can be claimed in a single
         *                                        transaction.
         *
         *  @param waitTimeInSecondsBetweenClaims The least number of seconds an account must wait after claiming
         *                                        tokens, to be able to claim tokens again.
         *
         *  @param merkleRoot                     The allowlist of addresses that can claim tokens under the claim
         *                                        condition.
         *
         *  @param pricePerToken                  The price required to pay per token claimed.
         *
         *  @param currency                       The currency in which the `pricePerToken` must be paid.
         */
        struct ClaimCondition {
            uint256 startTimestamp;
            uint256 maxClaimableSupply;
            uint256 supplyClaimed;
            uint256 quantityLimitPerTransaction;
            uint256 waitTimeInSecondsBetweenClaims;
            bytes32 merkleRoot;
            uint256 pricePerToken;
            address currency;
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `ContractMetadata` is a contract extension for any base contracts. It lets you set a metadata URI
     *  for you contract.
     *
     *  Additionally, `ContractMetadata` is necessary for NFT contracts that want royalties to get distributed on OpenSea.
     */
    interface IContractMetadata {
        /// @dev Returns the metadata URI of the contract.
        function contractURI() external view returns (string memory);
        /**
         *  @dev Sets contract URI for the storefront-level metadata of the contract.
         *       Only module admin can call this function.
         */
        function setContractURI(string calldata _uri) external;
        /// @dev Emitted when the contract URI is updated.
        event ContractURIUpdated(string prevURI, string newURI);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `DelayedReveal` is a contract extension for base NFT contracts. It lets you create batches of
     *  'delayed-reveal' NFTs. You can learn more about the usage of delayed reveal NFTs here - https://blog.thirdweb.com/delayed-reveal-nfts
     */
    interface IDelayedReveal {
        /// @dev Emitted when tokens are revealed.
        event TokenURIRevealed(uint256 indexed index, string revealedURI);
        /**
         *  @notice Reveals a batch of delayed reveal NFTs.
         *
         *  @param identifier The ID for the batch of delayed-reveal NFTs to reveal.
         *
         *  @param key        The key with which the base URI for the relevant batch of NFTs was encrypted.
         */
        function reveal(uint256 identifier, bytes calldata key) external returns (string memory revealedURI);
        /**
         *  @notice Performs XOR encryption/decryption.
         *
         *  @param data The data to encrypt. In the case of delayed-reveal NFTs, this is the "revealed" state
         *              base URI of the relevant batch of NFTs.
         *
         *  @param key  The key with which to encrypt data
         */
        function encryptDecrypt(bytes memory data, bytes calldata key) external pure returns (bytes memory result);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./IClaimCondition.sol";
    interface IDropSinglePhase is IClaimCondition {
        struct AllowlistProof {
            bytes32[] proof;
            uint256 maxQuantityInAllowlist;
        }
        /// @dev Emitted when tokens are claimed via `claim`.
        event TokensClaimed(
            address indexed claimer,
            address indexed receiver,
            uint256 indexed startTokenId,
            uint256 quantityClaimed
        );
        /// @dev Emitted when the contract's claim conditions are updated.
        event ClaimConditionUpdated(ClaimCondition condition, bool resetEligibility);
        /**
         *  @notice Lets an account claim a given quantity of NFTs.
         *
         *  @param receiver                       The receiver of the NFTs to claim.
         *  @param quantity                       The quantity of NFTs to claim.
         *  @param currency                       The currency in which to pay for the claim.
         *  @param pricePerToken                  The price per token to pay for the claim.
         *  @param allowlistProof                 The proof of the claimer's inclusion in the merkle root allowlist
         *                                        of the claim conditions that apply.
         *  @param data                           Arbitrary bytes data that can be leveraged in the implementation of this interface.
         */
        function claim(
            address receiver,
            uint256 quantity,
            address currency,
            uint256 pricePerToken,
            AllowlistProof calldata allowlistProof,
            bytes memory data
        ) external payable;
        /**
         *  @notice Lets a contract admin (account with `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`) set claim conditions.
         *
         *  @param phase                    Claim condition to set.
         *
         *  @param resetClaimEligibility    Whether to reset `limitLastClaimTimestamp` and `limitMerkleProofClaim` values when setting new
         *                                  claim conditions.
         */
        function setClaimConditions(ClaimCondition calldata phase, bool resetClaimEligibility) external;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `LazyMint` is a contract extension for any base NFT contract. It lets you 'lazy mint' any number of NFTs
     *  at once. Here, 'lazy mint' means defining the metadata for particular tokenIds of your NFT contract, without actually
     *  minting a non-zero balance of NFTs of those tokenIds.
     */
    interface ILazyMint {
        /// @dev Emitted when tokens are lazy minted.
        event TokensLazyMinted(uint256 indexed startTokenId, uint256 endTokenId, string baseURI, bytes encryptedBaseURI);
        /**
         *  @notice Lazy mints a given amount of NFTs.
         *
         *  @param amount           The number of NFTs to lazy mint.
         *
         *  @param baseURIForTokens The base URI for the 'n' number of NFTs being lazy minted, where the metadata for each
         *                          of those NFTs is `${baseURIForTokens}/${tokenId}`.
         *
         *  @param extraData        Additional bytes data to be used at the discretion of the consumer of the contract.
         *
         *  @return batchId         A unique integer identifier for the batch of NFTs lazy minted together.
         */
        function lazyMint(
            uint256 amount,
            string calldata baseURIForTokens,
            bytes calldata extraData
        ) external returns (uint256 batchId);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `Ownable` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *  who the 'owner' of the inheriting smart contract is, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses
     *  information about who the contract's owner is.
     */
    interface IOwnable {
        /// @dev Returns the owner of the contract.
        function owner() external view returns (address);
        /// @dev Lets a module admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a module admin.
        function setOwner(address _newOwner) external;
        /// @dev Emitted when a new Owner is set.
        event OwnerUpdated(address indexed prevOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
     */
    interface IPermissions {
        /**
         * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
         *
         * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
         * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
        /**
         * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
         *
         * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
         * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
         */
        event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
        /**
         * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
         *
         * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
         *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
         *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
         */
        event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
        /**
         * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
         */
        function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
        /**
         * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
         * {revokeRole}.
         *
         * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
         */
        function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
        /**
         * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
         *
         * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
         * event.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
         */
        function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
        /**
         * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
         *
         * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
         */
        function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
        /**
         * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
         *
         * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
         * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
         * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
         *
         * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
         * event.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - the caller must be `account`.
         */
        function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./IPermissions.sol";
    /**
     * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
     */
    interface IPermissionsEnumerable is IPermissions {
        /**
         * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
         * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
         *
         * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
         * change at any point.
         *
         * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
         * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
         * [forum post](https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296)
         * for more information.
         */
        function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);
        /**
         * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
         * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
         */
        function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `PlatformFee` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *  the recipient of platform fee and the platform fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
     *  that uses information about platform fees, if desired.
     */
    interface IPlatformFee {
        /// @dev Returns the platform fee bps and recipient.
        function getPlatformFeeInfo() external view returns (address, uint16);
        /// @dev Lets a module admin update the fees on primary sales.
        function setPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _platformFeeBps) external;
        /// @dev Emitted when fee on primary sales is updated.
        event PlatformFeeInfoUpdated(address indexed platformFeeRecipient, uint256 platformFeeBps);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `Primary` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *  the recipient of primary sales, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses information about
     *  primary sales, if desired.
     */
    interface IPrimarySale {
        /// @dev The adress that receives all primary sales value.
        function primarySaleRecipient() external view returns (address);
        /// @dev Lets a module admin set the default recipient of all primary sales.
        function setPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) external;
        /// @dev Emitted when a new sale recipient is set.
        event PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(address indexed recipient);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../../eip/interface/IERC2981.sol";
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `Royalty` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *  the recipient of royalty fee and the royalty fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
     *  that uses information about royalty fees, if desired.
     *
     *  The `Royalty` contract is ERC2981 compliant.
     */
    interface IRoyalty is IERC2981 {
        struct RoyaltyInfo {
            address recipient;
            uint256 bps;
        }
        /// @dev Returns the royalty recipient and fee bps.
        function getDefaultRoyaltyInfo() external view returns (address, uint16);
        /// @dev Lets a module admin update the royalty bps and recipient.
        function setDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) external;
        /// @dev Lets a module admin set the royalty recipient for a particular token Id.
        function setRoyaltyInfoForToken(
            uint256 tokenId,
            address recipient,
            uint256 bps
        ) external;
        /// @dev Returns the royalty recipient for a particular token Id.
        function getRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address, uint16);
        /// @dev Emitted when royalty info is updated.
        event DefaultRoyalty(address indexed newRoyaltyRecipient, uint256 newRoyaltyBps);
        /// @dev Emitted when royalty recipient for tokenId is set
        event RoyaltyForToken(uint256 indexed tokenId, address indexed royaltyRecipient, uint256 royaltyBps);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  The 'signature minting' mechanism used in thirdweb Token smart contracts is a way for a contract admin to authorize an external party's
     *  request to mint tokens on the admin's contract.
     *
     *  At a high level, this means you can authorize some external party to mint tokens on your contract, and specify what exactly will be
     *  minted by that external party.
     */
    interface ISignatureMintERC721 {
        /**
         *  @notice The body of a request to mint tokens.
         *
         *  @param to The receiver of the tokens to mint.
         *  @param royaltyRecipient The recipient of the minted token's secondary sales royalties. (Not applicable for ERC20 tokens)
         *  @param royaltyBps The percentage of the minted token's secondary sales to take as royalties. (Not applicable for ERC20 tokens)
         *  @param primarySaleRecipient The recipient of the minted token's primary sales proceeds.
         *  @param uri The metadata URI of the token to mint. (Not applicable for ERC20 tokens)
         *  @param quantity The quantity of tokens to mint.
         *  @param pricePerToken The price to pay per quantity of tokens minted.
         *  @param currency The currency in which to pay the price per token minted.
         *  @param validityStartTimestamp The unix timestamp after which the payload is valid.
         *  @param validityEndTimestamp The unix timestamp at which the payload expires.
         *  @param uid A unique identifier for the payload.
         */
        struct MintRequest {
            address to;
            address royaltyRecipient;
            uint256 royaltyBps;
            address primarySaleRecipient;
            string uri;
            uint256 quantity;
            uint256 pricePerToken;
            address currency;
            uint128 validityStartTimestamp;
            uint128 validityEndTimestamp;
            bytes32 uid;
        }
        /// @dev Emitted when tokens are minted.
        event TokensMintedWithSignature(
            address indexed signer,
            address indexed mintedTo,
            uint256 indexed tokenIdMinted,
            MintRequest mintRequest
        );
        /**
         *  @notice Verifies that a mint request is signed by an account holding
         *          MINTER_ROLE (at the time of the function call).
         *
         *  @param req The payload / mint request.
         *  @param signature The signature produced by an account signing the mint request.
         *
         *  returns (success, signer) Result of verification and the recovered address.
         */
        function verify(MintRequest calldata req, bytes calldata signature)
            external
            view
            returns (bool success, address signer);
        /**
         *  @notice Mints tokens according to the provided mint request.
         *
         *  @param req The payload / mint request.
         *  @param signature The signature produced by an account signing the mint request.
         */
        function mintWithSignature(MintRequest calldata req, bytes calldata signature)
            external
            payable
            returns (address signer);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    interface IWETH {
        function deposit() external payable;
        function withdraw(uint256 amount) external;
        function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    // Helper interfaces
    import { IWETH } from "../interfaces/IWETH.sol";
    import "../openzeppelin-presets/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
    library CurrencyTransferLib {
        using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
        /// @dev The address interpreted as native token of the chain.
        address public constant NATIVE_TOKEN = 0xEeeeeEeeeEeEeeEeEeEeeEEEeeeeEeeeeeeeEEeE;
        /// @dev Transfers a given amount of currency.
        function transferCurrency(
            address _currency,
            address _from,
            address _to,
            uint256 _amount
        ) internal {
            if (_amount == 0) {
                return;
            }
            if (_currency == NATIVE_TOKEN) {
                safeTransferNativeToken(_to, _amount);
            } else {
                safeTransferERC20(_currency, _from, _to, _amount);
            }
        }
        /// @dev Transfers a given amount of currency. (With native token wrapping)
        function transferCurrencyWithWrapper(
            address _currency,
            address _from,
            address _to,
            uint256 _amount,
            address _nativeTokenWrapper
        ) internal {
            if (_amount == 0) {
                return;
            }
            if (_currency == NATIVE_TOKEN) {
                if (_from == address(this)) {
                    // withdraw from weth then transfer withdrawn native token to recipient
                    IWETH(_nativeTokenWrapper).withdraw(_amount);
                    safeTransferNativeTokenWithWrapper(_to, _amount, _nativeTokenWrapper);
                } else if (_to == address(this)) {
                    // store native currency in weth
                    require(_amount == msg.value, "msg.value != amount");
                    IWETH(_nativeTokenWrapper).deposit{ value: _amount }();
                } else {
                    safeTransferNativeTokenWithWrapper(_to, _amount, _nativeTokenWrapper);
                }
            } else {
                safeTransferERC20(_currency, _from, _to, _amount);
            }
        }
        /// @dev Transfer `amount` of ERC20 token from `from` to `to`.
        function safeTransferERC20(
            address _currency,
            address _from,
            address _to,
            uint256 _amount
        ) internal {
            if (_from == _to) {
                return;
            }
            if (_from == address(this)) {
                IERC20(_currency).safeTransfer(_to, _amount);
            } else {
                IERC20(_currency).safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _amount);
            }
        }
        /// @dev Transfers `amount` of native token to `to`.
        function safeTransferNativeToken(address to, uint256 value) internal {
            // solhint-disable avoid-low-level-calls
            // slither-disable-next-line low-level-calls
            (bool success, ) = to.call{ value: value }("");
            require(success, "native token transfer failed");
        }
        /// @dev Transfers `amount` of native token to `to`. (With native token wrapping)
        function safeTransferNativeTokenWithWrapper(
            address to,
            uint256 value,
            address _nativeTokenWrapper
        ) internal {
            // solhint-disable avoid-low-level-calls
            // slither-disable-next-line low-level-calls
            (bool success, ) = to.call{ value: value }("");
            if (!success) {
                IWETH(_nativeTokenWrapper).deposit{ value: value }();
                IERC20(_nativeTokenWrapper).safeTransfer(to, value);
            }
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // Modified from https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/v4.3.0/contracts/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol
    // Copied from https://github.com/ensdomains/governance/blob/master/contracts/MerkleProof.sol
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Trees proofs.
     *
     * The proofs can be generated using the JavaScript library
     * https://github.com/miguelmota/merkletreejs[merkletreejs].
     * Note: the hashing algorithm should be keccak256 and pair sorting should be enabled.
     *
     * See `test/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.test.js` for some examples.
     *
     * Source: https://github.com/ensdomains/governance/blob/master/contracts/MerkleProof.sol
     */
    library MerkleProof {
        /**
         * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
         * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
         * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
         * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
         */
        function verify(
            bytes32[] memory proof,
            bytes32 root,
            bytes32 leaf
        ) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
            bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
            uint256 index = 0;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
                index *= 2;
                bytes32 proofElement = proof[i];
                if (computedHash <= proofElement) {
                    // Hash(current computed hash + current element of the proof)
                    computedHash = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(computedHash, proofElement));
                } else {
                    // Hash(current element of the proof + current computed hash)
                    computedHash = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(proofElement, computedHash));
                    index += 1;
                }
            }
            // Check if the computed hash (root) is equal to the provided root
            return (computedHash == root, index);
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Address.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
     */
    library TWAddress {
        /**
         * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
         *
         * [IMPORTANT]
         * ====
         * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
         * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
         *
         * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
         * types of addresses:
         *
         *  - an externally-owned account
         *  - a contract in construction
         *  - an address where a contract will be created
         *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
         * ====
         *
         * [IMPORTANT]
         * ====
         * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
         *
         * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
         * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
         * constructor.
         * ====
         */
        function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
            // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
            // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
            // of the constructor execution.
            return account.code.length > 0;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
         * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
         *
         * [EIP1884](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884) increases the gas cost
         * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
         * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
         * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
         *
         * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
         *
         * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
         * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
         * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
         * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
         */
        function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
            require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
            (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
            require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
         * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
         * function instead.
         *
         * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
         * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
         *
         * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
         * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `target` must be a contract.
         * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
         * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCall(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
         * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
         * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCallWithValue(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            uint256 value
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
         * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCallWithValue(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            uint256 value,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
            require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
            return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a static call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.3._
         */
        function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a static call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.3._
         */
        function functionStaticCall(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
            require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
            (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
            return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a delegate call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.4._
         */
        function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a delegate call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.4._
         */
        function functionDelegateCall(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
            (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
            return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
         * revert reason using the provided one.
         *
         * _Available since v4.3._
         */
        function verifyCallResult(
            bool success,
            bytes memory returndata,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
            if (success) {
                return returndata;
            } else {
                // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                if (returndata.length > 0) {
                    // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                    assembly {
                        let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                        revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                    }
                } else {
                    revert(errorMessage);
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/structs/BitMaps.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev Library for managing uint256 to bool mapping in a compact and efficient way, providing the keys are sequential.
     * Largely inspired by Uniswap's [merkle-distributor](https://github.com/Uniswap/merkle-distributor/blob/master/contracts/MerkleDistributor.sol).
     */
    library TWBitMaps {
        struct BitMap {
            mapping(uint256 => uint256) _data;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns whether the bit at `index` is set.
         */
        function get(BitMap storage bitmap, uint256 index) internal view returns (bool) {
            uint256 bucket = index >> 8;
            uint256 mask = 1 << (index & 0xff);
            return bitmap._data[bucket] & mask != 0;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Sets the bit at `index` to the boolean `value`.
         */
        function setTo(
            BitMap storage bitmap,
            uint256 index,
            bool value
        ) internal {
            if (value) {
                set(bitmap, index);
            } else {
                unset(bitmap, index);
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Sets the bit at `index`.
         */
        function set(BitMap storage bitmap, uint256 index) internal {
            uint256 bucket = index >> 8;
            uint256 mask = 1 << (index & 0xff);
            bitmap._data[bucket] |= mask;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Unsets the bit at `index`.
         */
        function unset(BitMap storage bitmap, uint256 index) internal {
            uint256 bucket = index >> 8;
            uint256 mask = 1 << (index & 0xff);
            bitmap._data[bucket] &= ~mask;
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Strings.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev String operations.
     */
    library TWStrings {
        bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
        /**
         * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
         */
        function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
            // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
            // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
            if (value == 0) {
                return "0";
            }
            uint256 temp = value;
            uint256 digits;
            while (temp != 0) {
                digits++;
                temp /= 10;
            }
            bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
            while (value != 0) {
                digits -= 1;
                buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
                value /= 10;
            }
            return string(buffer);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
         */
        function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
            if (value == 0) {
                return "0x00";
            }
            uint256 temp = value;
            uint256 length = 0;
            while (temp != 0) {
                length++;
                temp >>= 8;
            }
            return toHexString(value, length);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
         */
        function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
            bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
            buffer[0] = "0";
            buffer[1] = "x";
            for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
                buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
                value >>= 4;
            }
            require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
            return string(buffer);
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.0 (metatx/ERC2771Context.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.11;
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Context variant with ERC2771 support.
     */
    abstract contract ERC2771ContextUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
        mapping(address => bool) private _trustedForwarder;
        function __ERC2771Context_init(address[] memory trustedForwarder) internal onlyInitializing {
            __Context_init_unchained();
            __ERC2771Context_init_unchained(trustedForwarder);
        }
        function __ERC2771Context_init_unchained(address[] memory trustedForwarder) internal onlyInitializing {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < trustedForwarder.length; i++) {
                _trustedForwarder[trustedForwarder[i]] = true;
            }
        }
        function isTrustedForwarder(address forwarder) public view virtual returns (bool) {
            return _trustedForwarder[forwarder];
        }
        function _msgSender() internal view virtual override returns (address sender) {
            if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
                // The assembly code is more direct than the Solidity version using `abi.decode`.
                assembly {
                    sender := shr(96, calldataload(sub(calldatasize(), 20)))
                }
            } else {
                return super._msgSender();
            }
        }
        function _msgData() internal view virtual override returns (bytes calldata) {
            if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
                return msg.data[:msg.data.length - 20];
            } else {
                return super._msgData();
            }
        }
        uint256[49] private __gap;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../../../../eip/interface/IERC20.sol";
    import "../../../../lib/TWAddress.sol";
    /**
     * @title SafeERC20
     * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
     * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
     * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
     * successful.
     * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
     * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
     */
    library SafeERC20 {
        using TWAddress for address;
        function safeTransfer(
            IERC20 token,
            address to,
            uint256 value
        ) internal {
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
        }
        function safeTransferFrom(
            IERC20 token,
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 value
        ) internal {
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
        }
        /**
         * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
         * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
         *
         * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
         * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
         */
        function safeApprove(
            IERC20 token,
            address spender,
            uint256 value
        ) internal {
            // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
            // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
            // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
            require(
                (value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
                "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
            );
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
        }
        function safeIncreaseAllowance(
            IERC20 token,
            address spender,
            uint256 value
        ) internal {
            uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender) + value;
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
        }
        function safeDecreaseAllowance(
            IERC20 token,
            address spender,
            uint256 value
        ) internal {
            unchecked {
                uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
                require(oldAllowance >= value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
                uint256 newAllowance = oldAllowance - value;
                _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
         * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
         * @param token The token targeted by the call.
         * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
         */
        function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
            // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
            // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address.functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
            // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
            bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // Return data is optional
                require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
            }
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.11;
    //  ==========  External imports    ==========
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/MulticallUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
    import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
    //  ==========  Internal imports    ==========
    import "../openzeppelin-presets/metatx/ERC2771ContextUpgradeable.sol";
    import "../lib/CurrencyTransferLib.sol";
    //  ==========  Features    ==========
    import "../extension/ContractMetadata.sol";
    import "../extension/PlatformFee.sol";
    import "../extension/Royalty.sol";
    import "../extension/PrimarySale.sol";
    import "../extension/Ownable.sol";
    import "../extension/DelayedReveal.sol";
    import "../extension/LazyMint.sol";
    import "../extension/PermissionsEnumerable.sol";
    import "../extension/DropSinglePhase.sol";
    import "../extension/SignatureMintERC721Upgradeable.sol";
    contract SignatureDrop is
        Initializable,
        ContractMetadata,
        PlatformFee,
        Royalty,
        PrimarySale,
        Ownable,
        DelayedReveal,
        LazyMint,
        PermissionsEnumerable,
        DropSinglePhase,
        SignatureMintERC721Upgradeable,
        ERC2771ContextUpgradeable,
        MulticallUpgradeable,
        ERC721AUpgradeable
    {
        using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                State variables
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Only transfers to or from TRANSFER_ROLE holders are valid, when transfers are restricted.
        bytes32 private transferRole;
        /// @dev Only MINTER_ROLE holders can sign off on `MintRequest`s and lazy mint tokens.
        bytes32 private minterRole;
        /// @dev Max bps in the thirdweb system.
        uint256 private constant MAX_BPS = 10_000;
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Constructor + initializer logic
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Initiliazes the contract, like a constructor.
        function initialize(
            address _defaultAdmin,
            string memory _name,
            string memory _symbol,
            string memory _contractURI,
            address[] memory _trustedForwarders,
            address _saleRecipient,
            address _royaltyRecipient,
            uint128 _royaltyBps,
            uint128 _platformFeeBps,
            address _platformFeeRecipient
        ) external initializer {
            transferRole = keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE");
            minterRole = keccak256("MINTER_ROLE");
            // Initialize inherited contracts, most base-like -> most derived.
            __ERC2771Context_init(_trustedForwarders);
            __ERC721A_init(_name, _symbol);
            __SignatureMintERC721_init();
            _setupContractURI(_contractURI);
            _setupOwner(_defaultAdmin);
            _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _defaultAdmin);
            _setupRole(minterRole, _defaultAdmin);
            _setupRole(transferRole, _defaultAdmin);
            _setupRole(transferRole, address(0));
            _setupPlatformFeeInfo(_platformFeeRecipient, _platformFeeBps);
            _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
            _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(_saleRecipient);
        }
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            ERC 165 / 721 / 2981 logic
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Returns the URI for a given tokenId.
        function tokenURI(uint256 _tokenId) public view override returns (string memory) {
            (uint256 batchId, ) = getBatchId(_tokenId);
            string memory batchUri = getBaseURI(_tokenId);
            if (isEncryptedBatch(batchId)) {
                return string(abi.encodePacked(batchUri, "0"));
            } else {
                return string(abi.encodePacked(batchUri, _tokenId.toString()));
            }
        }
        /// @dev See ERC 165
        function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
            public
            view
            virtual
            override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC165)
            returns (bool)
        {
            return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId == interfaceId;
        }
        function contractType() external pure returns (bytes32) {
            return bytes32("SignatureDrop");
        }
        function contractVersion() external pure returns (uint8) {
            return uint8(4);
        }
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Lazy minting + delayed-reveal logic
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /**
         *  @dev Lets an account with `MINTER_ROLE` lazy mint 'n' NFTs.
         *       The URIs for each token is the provided `_baseURIForTokens` + `{tokenId}`.
         */
        function lazyMint(
            uint256 _amount,
            string calldata _baseURIForTokens,
            bytes calldata _data
        ) public override onlyRole(minterRole) returns (uint256 batchId) {
            if (_data.length > 0) {
                (bytes memory encryptedURI, bytes32 provenanceHash) = abi.decode(_data, (bytes, bytes32));
                if (encryptedURI.length != 0 && provenanceHash != "") {
                    _setEncryptedData(nextTokenIdToLazyMint + _amount, _data);
                }
            }
            return super.lazyMint(_amount, _baseURIForTokens, _data);
        }
        /// @dev Lets an account with `MINTER_ROLE` reveal the URI for a batch of 'delayed-reveal' NFTs.
        function reveal(uint256 _index, bytes calldata _key)
            external
            onlyRole(minterRole)
            returns (string memory revealedURI)
        {
            uint256 batchId = getBatchIdAtIndex(_index);
            revealedURI = getRevealURI(batchId, _key);
            _setEncryptedData(batchId, "");
            _setBaseURI(batchId, revealedURI);
            emit TokenURIRevealed(_index, revealedURI);
        }
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Claiming lazy minted tokens logic
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Claim lazy minted tokens via signature.
        function mintWithSignature(MintRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature)
            external
            payable
            returns (address signer)
        {
            if (_req.quantity == 0) {
                revert("0 qty");
            }
            uint256 tokenIdToMint = _currentIndex;
            if (tokenIdToMint + _req.quantity > nextTokenIdToLazyMint) {
                revert("Not enough tokens");
            }
            // Verify and process payload.
            signer = _processRequest(_req, _signature);
            /**
             *  Get receiver of tokens.
             *
             *  Note: If `_req.to == address(0)`, a `mintWithSignature` transaction sitting in the
             *        mempool can be frontrun by copying the input data, since the minted tokens
             *        will be sent to the `_msgSender()` in this case.
             */
            address receiver = _req.to == address(0) ? _msgSender() : _req.to;
            // Collect price
            collectPriceOnClaim(_req.primarySaleRecipient, _req.quantity, _req.currency, _req.pricePerToken);
            // Set royalties, if applicable.
            if (_req.royaltyRecipient != address(0) && _req.royaltyBps != 0) {
                _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(tokenIdToMint, _req.royaltyRecipient, _req.royaltyBps);
            }
            // Mint tokens.
            _safeMint(receiver, _req.quantity);
            emit TokensMintedWithSignature(signer, receiver, tokenIdToMint, _req);
        }
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            Internal functions
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Runs before every `claim` function call.
        function _beforeClaim(
            address,
            uint256 _quantity,
            address,
            uint256,
            AllowlistProof calldata,
            bytes memory
        ) internal view override {
            bool bot = isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender) || _msgSender() == tx.origin;
            require(bot, "BOT");
            require(_currentIndex + _quantity <= nextTokenIdToLazyMint, "Not enough tokens");
        }
        /// @dev Collects and distributes the primary sale value of NFTs being claimed.
        function collectPriceOnClaim(
            address _primarySaleRecipient,
            uint256 _quantityToClaim,
            address _currency,
            uint256 _pricePerToken
        ) internal override {
            if (_pricePerToken == 0) {
                return;
            }
            (address platformFeeRecipient, uint16 platformFeeBps) = getPlatformFeeInfo();
            address saleRecipient = _primarySaleRecipient == address(0) ? primarySaleRecipient() : _primarySaleRecipient;
            uint256 totalPrice = _quantityToClaim * _pricePerToken;
            uint256 platformFees = (totalPrice * platformFeeBps) / MAX_BPS;
            if (_currency == CurrencyTransferLib.NATIVE_TOKEN) {
                if (msg.value != totalPrice) {
                    revert("Must send total price");
                }
            }
            CurrencyTransferLib.transferCurrency(_currency, _msgSender(), platformFeeRecipient, platformFees);
            CurrencyTransferLib.transferCurrency(_currency, _msgSender(), saleRecipient, totalPrice - platformFees);
        }
        /// @dev Transfers the NFTs being claimed.
        function transferTokensOnClaim(address _to, uint256 _quantityBeingClaimed)
            internal
            override
            returns (uint256 startTokenId)
        {
            startTokenId = _currentIndex;
            _safeMint(_to, _quantityBeingClaimed);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether a given address is authorized to sign mint requests.
        function _isAuthorizedSigner(address _signer) internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(minterRole, _signer);
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether platform fee info can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetPlatformFeeInfo() internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether primary sale recipient can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetPrimarySaleRecipient() internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether owner can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetOwner() internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether royalty info can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetRoyaltyInfo() internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether contract metadata can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetContractURI() internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether platform fee info can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetClaimConditions() internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether lazy minting can be done in the given execution context.
        function _canLazyMint() internal view virtual override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            Miscellaneous
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /**
         * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
         */
        function totalMinted() external view returns (uint256) {
            unchecked {
                return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
            }
        }
        /// @dev The tokenId of the next NFT that will be minted / lazy minted.
        function nextTokenIdToMint() external view returns (uint256) {
            return nextTokenIdToLazyMint;
        }
        /// @dev Burns `tokenId`. See {ERC721-_burn}.
        function burn(uint256 tokenId) external virtual {
            // note: ERC721AUpgradeable's `_burn(uint256,bool)` internally checks for token approvals.
            _burn(tokenId, true);
        }
        /// @dev See {ERC721-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
        function _beforeTokenTransfers(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 startTokenId,
            uint256 quantity
        ) internal virtual override {
            super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
            // if transfer is restricted on the contract, we still want to allow burning and minting
            if (!hasRole(transferRole, address(0)) && from != address(0) && to != address(0)) {
                if (!hasRole(transferRole, from) && !hasRole(transferRole, to)) {
                    revert("!Transfer-Role");
                }
            }
        }
        function _dropMsgSender() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
            return _msgSender();
        }
        function _msgSender()
            internal
            view
            virtual
            override(ContextUpgradeable, ERC2771ContextUpgradeable)
            returns (address sender)
        {
            return ERC2771ContextUpgradeable._msgSender();
        }
        function _msgData()
            internal
            view
            virtual
            override(ContextUpgradeable, ERC2771ContextUpgradeable)
            returns (bytes calldata)
        {
            return ERC2771ContextUpgradeable._msgData();
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC165.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
     *
     * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
     * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
     *
     * _Available since v4.5._
     */
    interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
        /**
         * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
         * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be payed in that same unit of exchange.
         */
        function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
            external
            view
            returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
     * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
     * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
     * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
     *
     * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
     * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
     *
     * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
     * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
     *
     * [CAUTION]
     * ====
     * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
     *
     * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
     * contract, which may impact the proxy. To initialize the implementation contract, you can either invoke the
     * initializer manually, or you can include a constructor to automatically mark it as initialized when it is deployed:
     *
     * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
     * ```
     * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
     * constructor() initializer {}
     * ```
     * ====
     */
    abstract contract Initializable {
        /**
         * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
         */
        bool private _initialized;
        /**
         * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
         */
        bool private _initializing;
        /**
         * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
         */
        modifier initializer() {
            // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
            // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
            // contract may have been reentered.
            require(_initializing ? _isConstructor() : !_initialized, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
            bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
            if (isTopLevelCall) {
                _initializing = true;
                _initialized = true;
            }
            _;
            if (isTopLevelCall) {
                _initializing = false;
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
         * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
         */
        modifier onlyInitializing() {
            require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
            _;
        }
        function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
            return !AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this));
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
     * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
     * from ERC721 asset contracts.
     */
    interface IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
        /**
         * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
         * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
         *
         * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
         * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
         *
         * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721.onERC721Received.selector`.
         */
        function onERC721Received(
            address operator,
            address from,
            uint256 tokenId,
            bytes calldata data
        ) external returns (bytes4);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
     */
    interface IERC721Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
        /**
         * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
         */
        event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
        /**
         * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
         */
        event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
        /**
         * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
         */
        event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
        /**
         * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
         */
        function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
        /**
         * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `tokenId` must exist.
         */
        function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
        /**
         * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
         * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
         * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
         * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function safeTransferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId
        ) external;
        /**
         * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
         *
         * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
         * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function transferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId
        ) external;
        /**
         * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
         * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
         *
         * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
         * - `tokenId` must exist.
         *
         * Emits an {Approval} event.
         */
        function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
        /**
         * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `tokenId` must exist.
         */
        function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
        /**
         * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
         * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
         *
         * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
         */
        function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
        /**
         * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
         *
         * See {setApprovalForAll}
         */
        function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
        /**
         * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
         * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
         * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function safeTransferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId,
            bytes calldata data
        ) external;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
    /**
     * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
     * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
     */
    interface IERC721MetadataUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable {
        /**
         * @dev Returns the token collection name.
         */
        function name() external view returns (string memory);
        /**
         * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
         */
        function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
        /**
         * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
         */
        function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Address.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
    /**
     * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
     */
    library AddressUpgradeable {
        /**
         * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
         *
         * [IMPORTANT]
         * ====
         * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
         * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
         *
         * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
         * types of addresses:
         *
         *  - an externally-owned account
         *  - a contract in construction
         *  - an address where a contract will be created
         *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
         * ====
         *
         * [IMPORTANT]
         * ====
         * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
         *
         * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
         * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
         * constructor.
         * ====
         */
        function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
            // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
            // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
            // of the constructor execution.
            return account.code.length > 0;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
         * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
         *
         * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
         * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
         * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
         * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
         *
         * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
         *
         * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
         * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
         * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
         * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
         */
        function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
            require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
            (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
            require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
         * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
         * function instead.
         *
         * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
         * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
         *
         * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
         * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `target` must be a contract.
         * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
         * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCall(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
         * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
         * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCallWithValue(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            uint256 value
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
         * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCallWithValue(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            uint256 value,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
            require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
            return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a static call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.3._
         */
        function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a static call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.3._
         */
        function functionStaticCall(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
            require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
            (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
            return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
         * revert reason using the provided one.
         *
         * _Available since v4.3._
         */
        function verifyCallResult(
            bool success,
            bytes memory returndata,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
            if (success) {
                return returndata;
            } else {
                // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                if (returndata.length > 0) {
                    // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                    assembly {
                        let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                        revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                    }
                } else {
                    revert(errorMessage);
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
     * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
     * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
     * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
     * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
     * is concerned).
     *
     * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
     */
    abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
        function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        }
        function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        }
        function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
            return msg.sender;
        }
        function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
            return msg.data;
        }
        /**
         * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
         * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
         * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
         */
        uint256[50] private __gap;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Multicall.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./AddressUpgradeable.sol";
    import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Provides a function to batch together multiple calls in a single external call.
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    abstract contract MulticallUpgradeable is Initializable {
        function __Multicall_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        }
        function __Multicall_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        }
        /**
         * @dev Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
         */
        function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external virtual returns (bytes[] memory results) {
            results = new bytes[](data.length);
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.length; i++) {
                results[i] = _functionDelegateCall(address(this), data[i]);
            }
            return results;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a delegate call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.4._
         */
        function _functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) private returns (bytes memory) {
            require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
            // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
            (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
            return AddressUpgradeable.verifyCallResult(success, returndata, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
         * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
         * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
         */
        uint256[50] private __gap;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Strings.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev String operations.
     */
    library StringsUpgradeable {
        bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
        /**
         * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
         */
        function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
            // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
            // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
            if (value == 0) {
                return "0";
            }
            uint256 temp = value;
            uint256 digits;
            while (temp != 0) {
                digits++;
                temp /= 10;
            }
            bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
            while (value != 0) {
                digits -= 1;
                buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
                value /= 10;
            }
            return string(buffer);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
         */
        function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
            if (value == 0) {
                return "0x00";
            }
            uint256 temp = value;
            uint256 length = 0;
            while (temp != 0) {
                length++;
                temp >>= 8;
            }
            return toHexString(value, length);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
         */
        function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
            bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
            buffer[0] = "0";
            buffer[1] = "x";
            for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
                buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
                value >>= 4;
            }
            require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
            return string(buffer);
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../StringsUpgradeable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
     *
     * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
     * of the private keys of a given address.
     */
    library ECDSAUpgradeable {
        enum RecoverError {
            NoError,
            InvalidSignature,
            InvalidSignatureLength,
            InvalidSignatureS,
            InvalidSignatureV
        }
        function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure {
            if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
                return; // no error: do nothing
            } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
                revert("ECDSA: invalid signature");
            } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
                revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length");
            } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
                revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value");
            } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureV) {
                revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 'v' value");
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
         * `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
         *
         * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
         * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
         * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
         *
         * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
         * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
         * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
         * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
         * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
         *
         * Documentation for signature generation:
         * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
         * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
         *
         * _Available since v4.3._
         */
        function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
            // Check the signature length
            // - case 65: r,s,v signature (standard)
            // - case 64: r,vs signature (cf https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098) _Available since v4.1._
            if (signature.length == 65) {
                bytes32 r;
                bytes32 s;
                uint8 v;
                // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
                // currently is to use assembly.
                assembly {
                    r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                    s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                    v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
                }
                return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
            } else if (signature.length == 64) {
                bytes32 r;
                bytes32 vs;
                // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
                // currently is to use assembly.
                assembly {
                    r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                    vs := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                }
                return tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
            } else {
                return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength);
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
         * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
         *
         * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
         * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
         * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
         *
         * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
         * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
         * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
         * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
         * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
         */
        function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
            (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
            _throwError(error);
            return recovered;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
         *
         * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
         *
         * _Available since v4.3._
         */
        function tryRecover(
            bytes32 hash,
            bytes32 r,
            bytes32 vs
        ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
            bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
            uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
            return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
         *
         * _Available since v4.2._
         */
        function recover(
            bytes32 hash,
            bytes32 r,
            bytes32 vs
        ) internal pure returns (address) {
            (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
            _throwError(error);
            return recovered;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
         * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
         *
         * _Available since v4.3._
         */
        function tryRecover(
            bytes32 hash,
            uint8 v,
            bytes32 r,
            bytes32 s
        ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
            // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
            // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
            // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
            // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
            //
            // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
            // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
            // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
            // these malleable signatures as well.
            if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
                return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS);
            }
            if (v != 27 && v != 28) {
                return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureV);
            }
            // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
            address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
            if (signer == address(0)) {
                return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature);
            }
            return (signer, RecoverError.NoError);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
         * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
         */
        function recover(
            bytes32 hash,
            uint8 v,
            bytes32 r,
            bytes32 s
        ) internal pure returns (address) {
            (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
            _throwError(error);
            return recovered;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This
         * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
         * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
         * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
         *
         * See {recover}.
         */
        function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
            // 32 is the length in bytes of hash,
            // enforced by the type signature above
            return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
    32", hash));
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This
         * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
         * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
         * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
         *
         * See {recover}.
         */
        function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
            return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
    ", StringsUpgradeable.toString(s.length), s));
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a
         * `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding
         * to the one signed with the
         * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`]
         * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
         *
         * See {recover}.
         */
        function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
            return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19\\x01", domainSeparator, structHash));
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/cryptography/draft-EIP712.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
    import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[EIP 712] is a standard for hashing and signing of typed structured data.
     *
     * The encoding specified in the EIP is very generic, and such a generic implementation in Solidity is not feasible,
     * thus this contract does not implement the encoding itself. Protocols need to implement the type-specific encoding
     * they need in their contracts using a combination of `abi.encode` and `keccak256`.
     *
     * This contract implements the EIP 712 domain separator ({_domainSeparatorV4}) that is used as part of the encoding
     * scheme, and the final step of the encoding to obtain the message digest that is then signed via ECDSA
     * ({_hashTypedDataV4}).
     *
     * The implementation of the domain separator was designed to be as efficient as possible while still properly updating
     * the chain id to protect against replay attacks on an eventual fork of the chain.
     *
     * NOTE: This contract implements the version of the encoding known as "v4", as implemented by the JSON RPC method
     * https://docs.metamask.io/guide/signing-data.html[`eth_signTypedDataV4` in MetaMask].
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    abstract contract EIP712Upgradeable is Initializable {
        /* solhint-disable var-name-mixedcase */
        bytes32 private _HASHED_NAME;
        bytes32 private _HASHED_VERSION;
        bytes32 private constant _TYPE_HASH = keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)");
        /* solhint-enable var-name-mixedcase */
        /**
         * @dev Initializes the domain separator and parameter caches.
         *
         * The meaning of `name` and `version` is specified in
         * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-domainseparator[EIP 712]:
         *
         * - `name`: the user readable name of the signing domain, i.e. the name of the DApp or the protocol.
         * - `version`: the current major version of the signing domain.
         *
         * NOTE: These parameters cannot be changed except through a xref:learn::upgrading-smart-contracts.adoc[smart
         * contract upgrade].
         */
        function __EIP712_init(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
            __EIP712_init_unchained(name, version);
        }
        function __EIP712_init_unchained(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
            bytes32 hashedName = keccak256(bytes(name));
            bytes32 hashedVersion = keccak256(bytes(version));
            _HASHED_NAME = hashedName;
            _HASHED_VERSION = hashedVersion;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns the domain separator for the current chain.
         */
        function _domainSeparatorV4() internal view returns (bytes32) {
            return _buildDomainSeparator(_TYPE_HASH, _EIP712NameHash(), _EIP712VersionHash());
        }
        function _buildDomainSeparator(
            bytes32 typeHash,
            bytes32 nameHash,
            bytes32 versionHash
        ) private view returns (bytes32) {
            return keccak256(abi.encode(typeHash, nameHash, versionHash, block.chainid, address(this)));
        }
        /**
         * @dev Given an already https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-hashstruct[hashed struct], this
         * function returns the hash of the fully encoded EIP712 message for this domain.
         *
         * This hash can be used together with {ECDSA-recover} to obtain the signer of a message. For example:
         *
         * ```solidity
         * bytes32 digest = _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(abi.encode(
         *     keccak256("Mail(address to,string contents)"),
         *     mailTo,
         *     keccak256(bytes(mailContents))
         * )));
         * address signer = ECDSA.recover(digest, signature);
         * ```
         */
        function _hashTypedDataV4(bytes32 structHash) internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
            return ECDSAUpgradeable.toTypedDataHash(_domainSeparatorV4(), structHash);
        }
        /**
         * @dev The hash of the name parameter for the EIP712 domain.
         *
         * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
         * are a concern.
         */
        function _EIP712NameHash() internal virtual view returns (bytes32) {
            return _HASHED_NAME;
        }
        /**
         * @dev The hash of the version parameter for the EIP712 domain.
         *
         * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
         * are a concern.
         */
        function _EIP712VersionHash() internal virtual view returns (bytes32) {
            return _HASHED_VERSION;
        }
        /**
         * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
         * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
         * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
         */
        uint256[50] private __gap;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
    import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
     *
     * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
     * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
     *
     * ```solidity
     * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
     *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
     * }
     * ```
     *
     * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
     */
    abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
        function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        }
        function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
         */
        function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
            return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
        }
        /**
         * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
         * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
         * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
         */
        uint256[50] private __gap;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
     *
     * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
     * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
     *
     * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
     */
    interface IERC165Upgradeable {
        /**
         * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
         * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
         * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
         * to learn more about how these ids are created.
         *
         * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
         */
        function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // ERC721A Contracts v3.3.0
    // Creator: Chiru Labs
    pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
    import "./IERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
     * the Metadata extension. Built to optimize for lower gas during batch mints.
     *
     * Assumes serials are sequentially minted starting at _startTokenId() (defaults to 0, e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3..).
     *
     * Assumes that an owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
     *
     * Assumes that the maximum token id cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
     */
    contract ERC721AUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
        using AddressUpgradeable for address;
        using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;
        // The tokenId of the next token to be minted.
        uint256 internal _currentIndex;
        // The number of tokens burned.
        uint256 internal _burnCounter;
        // Token name
        string private _name;
        // Token symbol
        string private _symbol;
        // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
        // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned. See _ownershipOf implementation for details.
        mapping(uint256 => TokenOwnership) internal _ownerships;
        // Mapping owner address to address data
        mapping(address => AddressData) private _addressData;
        // Mapping from token ID to approved address
        mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
        // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
        mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
        function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
            __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
        }
        function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
            _name = name_;
            _symbol = symbol_;
            _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
        }
        /**
         * To change the starting tokenId, please override this function.
         */
        function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
            return 0;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
         */
        function totalSupply() public view override returns (uint256) {
            // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
            // more than _currentIndex - _startTokenId() times
            unchecked {
                return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
            }
        }
        /**
         * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
         */
        function _totalMinted() internal view returns (uint256) {
            // Counter underflow is impossible as _currentIndex does not decrement,
            // and it is initialized to _startTokenId()
            unchecked {
                return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
         */
        function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
            return
                interfaceId == type(IERC721Upgradeable).interfaceId ||
                interfaceId == type(IERC721MetadataUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
                super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
         */
        function balanceOf(address owner) public view override returns (uint256) {
            if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
            return uint256(_addressData[owner].balance);
        }
        /**
         * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
         */
        function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
            return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberMinted);
        }
        /**
         * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
         */
        function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
            return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberBurned);
        }
        /**
         * Returns the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
         */
        function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
            return _addressData[owner].aux;
        }
        /**
         * Sets the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
         * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
         */
        function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal {
            _addressData[owner].aux = aux;
        }
        /**
         * Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
         * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around in the collection over time.
         */
        function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
            uint256 curr = tokenId;
            unchecked {
                if (_startTokenId() <= curr) if (curr < _currentIndex) {
                    TokenOwnership memory ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                    if (!ownership.burned) {
                        if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                            return ownership;
                        }
                        // Invariant:
                        // There will always be an ownership that has an address and is not burned
                        // before an ownership that does not have an address and is not burned.
                        // Hence, curr will not underflow.
                        while (true) {
                            curr--;
                            ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                            if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                                return ownership;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
            revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
         */
        function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
            return _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr;
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
         */
        function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
            return _name;
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
         */
        function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
            return _symbol;
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
         */
        function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
            if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
            string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
            return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : '';
        }
        /**
         * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
         * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
         * by default, can be overriden in child contracts.
         */
        function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
            return '';
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
         */
        function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public override {
            address owner = ERC721AUpgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);
            if (to == owner) revert ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
            if (_msgSender() != owner) if(!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender())) {
                revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            }
            _approve(to, tokenId, owner);
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
         */
        function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
            if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
            return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
         */
        function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
            if (operator == _msgSender()) revert ApproveToCaller();
            _operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
            emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
         */
        function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
            return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
         */
        function transferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId
        ) public virtual override {
            _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
         */
        function safeTransferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId
        ) public virtual override {
            safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
         */
        function safeTransferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId,
            bytes memory _data
        ) public virtual override {
            _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
            if (to.isContract()) if(!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
         *
         * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
         *
         * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
         */
        function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
            return _startTokenId() <= tokenId && tokenId < _currentIndex && !_ownerships[tokenId].burned;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
         */
        function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
            _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
        }
        /**
         * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
         *   {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
         * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function _safeMint(
            address to,
            uint256 quantity,
            bytes memory _data
        ) internal {
            uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
            if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
            _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
            // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
            // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
            // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
            unchecked {
                _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
                _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
                _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
                _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
                uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
                uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
                if (to.isContract()) {
                    do {
                        emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex);
                        if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, updatedIndex++, _data)) {
                            revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                        }
                    } while (updatedIndex < end);
                    // Reentrancy protection
                    if (_currentIndex != startTokenId) revert();
                } else {
                    do {
                        emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                    } while (updatedIndex < end);
                }
                _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
            }
            _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
            uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
            if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
            _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
            // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
            // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
            // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
            unchecked {
                _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
                _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
                _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
                _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
                uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
                uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                } while (updatedIndex < end);
                _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
            }
            _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function _transfer(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId
        ) private {
            TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
            if (prevOwnership.addr != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
            bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
            if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
            _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
            // Clear approvals from the previous owner
            _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
            // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
            // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
            // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
            unchecked {
                _addressData[from].balance -= 1;
                _addressData[to].balance += 1;
                TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
                currSlot.addr = to;
                currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
                // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the transfer initiator owns it.
                // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
                if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                    // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                    // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        nextSlot.addr = from;
                        nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                    }
                }
            }
            emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
            _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
         */
        function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
            _burn(tokenId, false);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
         * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `tokenId` must exist.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
            TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
            address from = prevOwnership.addr;
            if (approvalCheck) {
                bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                    isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                    getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
                if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            }
            _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
            // Clear approvals from the previous owner
            _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
            // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
            // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
            // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
            unchecked {
                AddressData storage addressData = _addressData[from];
                addressData.balance -= 1;
                addressData.numberBurned += 1;
                // Keep track of who burned the token, and the timestamp of burning.
                TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
                currSlot.addr = from;
                currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
                currSlot.burned = true;
                // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the burn initiator owns it.
                // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
                if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                    // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                    // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        nextSlot.addr = from;
                        nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                    }
                }
            }
            emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
            _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
            // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
            unchecked {
                _burnCounter++;
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
         *
         * Emits a {Approval} event.
         */
        function _approve(
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId,
            address owner
        ) private {
            _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
            emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
         *
         * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
         * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
         * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
         * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
         * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
         */
        function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId,
            bytes memory _data
        ) private returns (bool) {
            try IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
                return retval == IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                } else {
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token ids are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
         * And also called before burning one token.
         *
         * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
         * quantity - the amount to be transferred
         *
         * Calling conditions:
         *
         * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
         * transferred to `to`.
         * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
         * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
         * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
         */
        function _beforeTokenTransfers(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 startTokenId,
            uint256 quantity
        ) internal virtual {}
        /**
         * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token ids have been transferred. This includes
         * minting.
         * And also called after one token has been burned.
         *
         * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
         * quantity - the amount to be transferred
         *
         * Calling conditions:
         *
         * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
         * transferred to `to`.
         * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
         * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
         * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
         */
        function _afterTokenTransfers(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 startTokenId,
            uint256 quantity
        ) internal virtual {}
        /**
         * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
         * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
         * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
         */
        uint256[42] private __gap;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // ERC721A Contracts v3.3.0
    // Creator: Chiru Labs
    pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721MetadataUpgradeable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Interface of an ERC721A compliant contract.
     */
    interface IERC721AUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable, IERC721MetadataUpgradeable {
        /**
         * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
         */
        error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        /**
         * The token does not exist.
         */
        error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        /**
         * The caller cannot approve to their own address.
         */
        error ApproveToCaller();
        /**
         * The caller cannot approve to the current owner.
         */
        error ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
        /**
         * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
         */
        error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        /**
         * Cannot mint to the zero address.
         */
        error MintToZeroAddress();
        /**
         * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
         */
        error MintZeroQuantity();
        /**
         * The token does not exist.
         */
        error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
        /**
         * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
         */
        error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        /**
         * The token must be owned by `from`.
         */
        error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        /**
         * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the ERC721Receiver interface.
         */
        error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
        /**
         * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
         */
        error TransferToZeroAddress();
        /**
         * The token does not exist.
         */
        error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
        struct TokenOwnership {
            // The address of the owner.
            address addr;
            // Keeps track of the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
            uint64 startTimestamp;
            // Whether the token has been burned.
            bool burned;
        }
        // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
        struct AddressData {
            // Realistically, 2**64-1 is more than enough.
            uint64 balance;
            // Keeps track of mint count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
            uint64 numberMinted;
            // Keeps track of burn count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
            uint64 numberBurned;
            // For miscellaneous variable(s) pertaining to the address
            // (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
            // If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
            uint64 aux;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
         * 
         * Burned tokens are calculated here, use `_totalMinted()` if you want to count just minted tokens.
         */
        function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    }
    

    File 2 of 2: SignatureDrop
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
     * [EIP](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165).
     *
     * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
     * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
     *
     * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
     */
    interface IERC165 {
        /**
         * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
         * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
         * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
         * to learn more about how these ids are created.
         *
         * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
         */
        function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @title ERC20 interface
     * @dev see https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20
     */
    interface IERC20 {
        function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
        function balanceOf(address who) external view returns (uint256);
        function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
        function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
        function approve(address spender, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
        function transferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 value
        ) external returns (bool);
        event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
        event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./IERC165.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
     *
     * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
     * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
     *
     * _Available since v4.5._
     */
    interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
        /**
         * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
         * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be payed in that same unit of exchange.
         */
        function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
            external
            view
            returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  @title   Batch-mint Metadata
     *  @notice  The `BatchMintMetadata` is a contract extension for any base NFT contract. It lets the smart contract
     *           using this extension set metadata for `n` number of NFTs all at once. This is enabled by storing a single
     *           base URI for a batch of `n` NFTs, where the metadata for each NFT in a relevant batch is `baseURI/tokenId`.
     */
    contract BatchMintMetadata {
        /// @dev Largest tokenId of each batch of tokens with the same baseURI.
        uint256[] private batchIds;
        /// @dev Mapping from id of a batch of tokens => to base URI for the respective batch of tokens.
        mapping(uint256 => string) private baseURI;
        /**
         *  @notice         Returns the count of batches of NFTs.
         *  @dev            Each batch of tokens has an in ID and an associated `baseURI`.
         *                  See {batchIds}.
         */
        function getBaseURICount() public view returns (uint256) {
            return batchIds.length;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Returns the ID for the batch of tokens the given tokenId belongs to.
         *  @dev            See {getBaseURICount}.
         *  @param _index   ID of a token.
         */
        function getBatchIdAtIndex(uint256 _index) public view returns (uint256) {
            if (_index >= getBaseURICount()) {
                revert("Invalid index");
            }
            return batchIds[_index];
        }
        /// @dev Returns the id for the batch of tokens the given tokenId belongs to.
        function getBatchId(uint256 _tokenId) internal view returns (uint256 batchId, uint256 index) {
            uint256 numOfTokenBatches = getBaseURICount();
            uint256[] memory indices = batchIds;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < numOfTokenBatches; i += 1) {
                if (_tokenId < indices[i]) {
                    index = i;
                    batchId = indices[i];
                    return (batchId, index);
                }
            }
            revert("Invalid tokenId");
        }
        /// @dev Returns the baseURI for a token. The intended metadata URI for the token is baseURI + tokenId.
        function getBaseURI(uint256 _tokenId) internal view returns (string memory) {
            uint256 numOfTokenBatches = getBaseURICount();
            uint256[] memory indices = batchIds;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < numOfTokenBatches; i += 1) {
                if (_tokenId < indices[i]) {
                    return baseURI[indices[i]];
                }
            }
            revert("Invalid tokenId");
        }
        /// @dev Sets the base URI for the batch of tokens with the given batchId.
        function _setBaseURI(uint256 _batchId, string memory _baseURI) internal {
            baseURI[_batchId] = _baseURI;
        }
        /// @dev Mints a batch of tokenIds and associates a common baseURI to all those Ids.
        function _batchMintMetadata(
            uint256 _startId,
            uint256 _amountToMint,
            string memory _baseURIForTokens
        ) internal returns (uint256 nextTokenIdToMint, uint256 batchId) {
            batchId = _startId + _amountToMint;
            nextTokenIdToMint = batchId;
            batchIds.push(batchId);
            baseURI[batchId] = _baseURIForTokens;
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IContractMetadata.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Contract Metadata
     *  @notice  Thirdweb's `ContractMetadata` is a contract extension for any base contracts. It lets you set a metadata URI
     *           for you contract.
     *           Additionally, `ContractMetadata` is necessary for NFT contracts that want royalties to get distributed on OpenSea.
     */
    abstract contract ContractMetadata is IContractMetadata {
        /// @notice Returns the contract metadata URI.
        string public override contractURI;
        /**
         *  @notice         Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
         *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to setup contractURI, e.g. contract admin.
         *                  See {_canSetContractURI}.
         *                  Emits {ContractURIUpdated Event}.
         *
         *  @param _uri     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         */
        function setContractURI(string memory _uri) external override {
            if (!_canSetContractURI()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _setupContractURI(_uri);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
        function _setupContractURI(string memory _uri) internal {
            string memory prevURI = contractURI;
            contractURI = _uri;
            emit ContractURIUpdated(prevURI, _uri);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether contract metadata can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetContractURI() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IDelayedReveal.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Delayed Reveal
     *  @notice  Thirdweb's `DelayedReveal` is a contract extension for base NFT contracts. It lets you create batches of
     *           'delayed-reveal' NFTs. You can learn more about the usage of delayed reveal NFTs here - https://blog.thirdweb.com/delayed-reveal-nfts
     */
    abstract contract DelayedReveal is IDelayedReveal {
        /// @dev Mapping from tokenId of a batch of tokens => to delayed reveal data.
        mapping(uint256 => bytes) public encryptedData;
        /// @dev Sets the delayed reveal data for a batchId.
        function _setEncryptedData(uint256 _batchId, bytes memory _encryptedData) internal {
            encryptedData[_batchId] = _encryptedData;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice             Returns revealed URI for a batch of NFTs.
         *  @dev                Reveal encrypted base URI for `_batchId` with caller/admin's `_key` used for encryption.
         *                      Reverts if there's no encrypted URI for `_batchId`.
         *                      See {encryptDecrypt}.
         *
         *  @param _batchId     ID of the batch for which URI is being revealed.
         *  @param _key         Secure key used by caller/admin for encryption of baseURI.
         *
         *  @return revealedURI Decrypted base URI.
         */
        function getRevealURI(uint256 _batchId, bytes calldata _key) public view returns (string memory revealedURI) {
            bytes memory data = encryptedData[_batchId];
            if (data.length == 0) {
                revert("Nothing to reveal");
            }
            (bytes memory encryptedURI, bytes32 provenanceHash) = abi.decode(data, (bytes, bytes32));
            revealedURI = string(encryptDecrypt(encryptedURI, _key));
            require(keccak256(abi.encodePacked(revealedURI, _key, block.chainid)) == provenanceHash, "Incorrect key");
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Encrypt/decrypt data on chain.
         *  @dev            Encrypt/decrypt given `data` with `key`. Uses inline assembly.
         *                  See: https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/questions/69825/decrypt-message-on-chain
         *
         *  @param data     Bytes of data to encrypt/decrypt.
         *  @param key      Secure key used by caller for encryption/decryption.
         *
         *  @return result  Output after encryption/decryption of given data.
         */
        function encryptDecrypt(bytes memory data, bytes calldata key) public pure override returns (bytes memory result) {
            // Store data length on stack for later use
            uint256 length = data.length;
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                // Set result to free memory pointer
                result := mload(0x40)
                // Increase free memory pointer by lenght + 32
                mstore(0x40, add(add(result, length), 32))
                // Set result length
                mstore(result, length)
            }
            // Iterate over the data stepping by 32 bytes
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; i += 32) {
                // Generate hash of the key and offset
                bytes32 hash = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(key, i));
                bytes32 chunk;
                // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                assembly {
                    // Read 32-bytes data chunk
                    chunk := mload(add(data, add(i, 32)))
                }
                // XOR the chunk with hash
                chunk ^= hash;
                // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                assembly {
                    // Write 32-byte encrypted chunk
                    mstore(add(result, add(i, 32)), chunk)
                }
            }
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Returns whether the relvant batch of NFTs is subject to a delayed reveal.
         *  @dev            Returns `true` if `_batchId`'s base URI is encrypted.
         *  @param _batchId ID of a batch of NFTs.
         */
        function isEncryptedBatch(uint256 _batchId) public view returns (bool) {
            return encryptedData[_batchId].length > 0;
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IDropSinglePhase.sol";
    import "../lib/MerkleProof.sol";
    import "../lib/TWBitMaps.sol";
    abstract contract DropSinglePhase is IDropSinglePhase {
        using TWBitMaps for TWBitMaps.BitMap;
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                State variables
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev The active conditions for claiming tokens.
        ClaimCondition public claimCondition;
        /// @dev The ID for the active claim condition.
        bytes32 private conditionId;
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                    Mappings
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /**
         *  @dev Map from an account and uid for a claim condition, to the last timestamp
         *       at which the account claimed tokens under that claim condition.
         */
        mapping(bytes32 => mapping(address => uint256)) private lastClaimTimestamp;
        /**
         *  @dev Map from a claim condition uid to whether an address in an allowlist
         *       has already claimed tokens i.e. used their place in the allowlist.
         */
        mapping(bytes32 => TWBitMaps.BitMap) private usedAllowlistSpot;
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                Drop logic
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Lets an account claim tokens.
        function claim(
            address _receiver,
            uint256 _quantity,
            address _currency,
            uint256 _pricePerToken,
            AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof,
            bytes memory _data
        ) public payable virtual override {
            _beforeClaim(_receiver, _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken, _allowlistProof, _data);
            bytes32 activeConditionId = conditionId;
            /**
             *  We make allowlist checks (i.e. verifyClaimMerkleProof) before verifying the claim's general
             *  validity (i.e. verifyClaim) because we give precedence to the check of allow list quantity
             *  restriction over the check of the general claim condition's quantityLimitPerTransaction
             *  restriction.
             */
            // Verify inclusion in allowlist.
            (bool validMerkleProof, uint256 merkleProofIndex) = verifyClaimMerkleProof(
                _dropMsgSender(),
                _quantity,
                _allowlistProof
            );
            // Verify claim validity. If not valid, revert.
            // when there's allowlist present --> verifyClaimMerkleProof will verify the maxQuantityInAllowlist value with hashed leaf in the allowlist
            // when there's no allowlist, this check is true --> verifyClaim will check for _quantity being equal/less than the limit
            bool toVerifyMaxQuantityPerTransaction = _allowlistProof.maxQuantityInAllowlist == 0 ||
                claimCondition.merkleRoot == bytes32(0);
            verifyClaim(_dropMsgSender(), _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken, toVerifyMaxQuantityPerTransaction);
            if (validMerkleProof && _allowlistProof.maxQuantityInAllowlist > 0) {
                /**
                 *  Mark the claimer's use of their position in the allowlist. A spot in an allowlist
                 *  can be used only once.
                 */
                usedAllowlistSpot[activeConditionId].set(merkleProofIndex);
            }
            // Update contract state.
            claimCondition.supplyClaimed += _quantity;
            lastClaimTimestamp[activeConditionId][_dropMsgSender()] = block.timestamp;
            // If there's a price, collect price.
            collectPriceOnClaim(address(0), _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken);
            // Mint the relevant NFTs to claimer.
            uint256 startTokenId = transferTokensOnClaim(_receiver, _quantity);
            emit TokensClaimed(_dropMsgSender(), _receiver, startTokenId, _quantity);
            _afterClaim(_receiver, _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken, _allowlistProof, _data);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin set claim conditions.
        function setClaimConditions(ClaimCondition calldata _condition, bool _resetClaimEligibility) external override {
            if (!_canSetClaimConditions()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            bytes32 targetConditionId = conditionId;
            uint256 supplyClaimedAlready = claimCondition.supplyClaimed;
            if (_resetClaimEligibility) {
                supplyClaimedAlready = 0;
                targetConditionId = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_dropMsgSender(), block.number));
            }
            if (supplyClaimedAlready > _condition.maxClaimableSupply) {
                revert("max supply claimed");
            }
            claimCondition = ClaimCondition({
                startTimestamp: _condition.startTimestamp,
                maxClaimableSupply: _condition.maxClaimableSupply,
                supplyClaimed: supplyClaimedAlready,
                quantityLimitPerTransaction: _condition.quantityLimitPerTransaction,
                waitTimeInSecondsBetweenClaims: _condition.waitTimeInSecondsBetweenClaims,
                merkleRoot: _condition.merkleRoot,
                pricePerToken: _condition.pricePerToken,
                currency: _condition.currency
            });
            conditionId = targetConditionId;
            emit ClaimConditionUpdated(_condition, _resetClaimEligibility);
        }
        /// @dev Checks a request to claim NFTs against the active claim condition's criteria.
        function verifyClaim(
            address _claimer,
            uint256 _quantity,
            address _currency,
            uint256 _pricePerToken,
            bool verifyMaxQuantityPerTransaction
        ) public view {
            ClaimCondition memory currentClaimPhase = claimCondition;
            if (_currency != currentClaimPhase.currency || _pricePerToken != currentClaimPhase.pricePerToken) {
                revert("Invalid price or currency");
            }
            // If we're checking for an allowlist quantity restriction, ignore the general quantity restriction.
            if (
                _quantity == 0 ||
                (verifyMaxQuantityPerTransaction && _quantity > currentClaimPhase.quantityLimitPerTransaction)
            ) {
                revert("Invalid quantity");
            }
            if (currentClaimPhase.supplyClaimed + _quantity > currentClaimPhase.maxClaimableSupply) {
                revert("exceeds max supply");
            }
            (uint256 lastClaimedAt, uint256 nextValidClaimTimestamp) = getClaimTimestamp(_claimer);
            if (
                currentClaimPhase.startTimestamp > block.timestamp ||
                (lastClaimedAt != 0 && block.timestamp < nextValidClaimTimestamp)
            ) {
                revert("cant claim yet");
            }
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether a claimer meets the claim condition's allowlist criteria.
        function verifyClaimMerkleProof(
            address _claimer,
            uint256 _quantity,
            AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof
        ) public view returns (bool validMerkleProof, uint256 merkleProofIndex) {
            ClaimCondition memory currentClaimPhase = claimCondition;
            if (currentClaimPhase.merkleRoot != bytes32(0)) {
                (validMerkleProof, merkleProofIndex) = MerkleProof.verify(
                    _allowlistProof.proof,
                    currentClaimPhase.merkleRoot,
                    keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_claimer, _allowlistProof.maxQuantityInAllowlist))
                );
                if (!validMerkleProof) {
                    revert("not in allowlist");
                }
                if (usedAllowlistSpot[conditionId].get(merkleProofIndex)) {
                    revert("proof claimed");
                }
                if (_allowlistProof.maxQuantityInAllowlist != 0 && _quantity > _allowlistProof.maxQuantityInAllowlist) {
                    revert("Invalid qty proof");
                }
            }
        }
        /// @dev Returns the timestamp for when a claimer is eligible for claiming NFTs again.
        function getClaimTimestamp(address _claimer)
            public
            view
            returns (uint256 lastClaimedAt, uint256 nextValidClaimTimestamp)
        {
            lastClaimedAt = lastClaimTimestamp[conditionId][_claimer];
            unchecked {
                nextValidClaimTimestamp = lastClaimedAt + claimCondition.waitTimeInSecondsBetweenClaims;
                if (nextValidClaimTimestamp < lastClaimedAt) {
                    nextValidClaimTimestamp = type(uint256).max;
                }
            }
        }
        /*////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
            Optional hooks that can be implemented in the derived contract
        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Exposes the ability to override the msg sender.
        function _dropMsgSender() internal virtual returns (address) {
            return msg.sender;
        }
        /// @dev Runs before every `claim` function call.
        function _beforeClaim(
            address _receiver,
            uint256 _quantity,
            address _currency,
            uint256 _pricePerToken,
            AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof,
            bytes memory _data
        ) internal virtual {}
        /// @dev Runs after every `claim` function call.
        function _afterClaim(
            address _receiver,
            uint256 _quantity,
            address _currency,
            uint256 _pricePerToken,
            AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof,
            bytes memory _data
        ) internal virtual {}
        /// @dev Collects and distributes the primary sale value of NFTs being claimed.
        function collectPriceOnClaim(
            address _primarySaleRecipient,
            uint256 _quantityToClaim,
            address _currency,
            uint256 _pricePerToken
        ) internal virtual;
        /// @dev Transfers the NFTs being claimed.
        function transferTokensOnClaim(address _to, uint256 _quantityBeingClaimed)
            internal
            virtual
            returns (uint256 startTokenId);
        function _canSetClaimConditions() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/ILazyMint.sol";
    import "./BatchMintMetadata.sol";
    /**
     *  The `LazyMint` is a contract extension for any base NFT contract. It lets you 'lazy mint' any number of NFTs
     *  at once. Here, 'lazy mint' means defining the metadata for particular tokenIds of your NFT contract, without actually
     *  minting a non-zero balance of NFTs of those tokenIds.
     */
    abstract contract LazyMint is ILazyMint, BatchMintMetadata {
        /// @notice The tokenId assigned to the next new NFT to be lazy minted.
        uint256 internal nextTokenIdToLazyMint;
        /**
         *  @notice                  Lets an authorized address lazy mint a given amount of NFTs.
         *
         *  @param _amount           The number of NFTs to lazy mint.
         *  @param _baseURIForTokens The base URI for the 'n' number of NFTs being lazy minted, where the metadata for each
         *                           of those NFTs is `${baseURIForTokens}/${tokenId}`.
         *  @param _data             Additional bytes data to be used at the discretion of the consumer of the contract.
         *  @return batchId          A unique integer identifier for the batch of NFTs lazy minted together.
         */
        function lazyMint(
            uint256 _amount,
            string calldata _baseURIForTokens,
            bytes calldata _data
        ) public virtual override returns (uint256 batchId) {
            if (!_canLazyMint()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            if (_amount == 0) {
                revert("Minting 0 tokens");
            }
            uint256 startId = nextTokenIdToLazyMint;
            (nextTokenIdToLazyMint, batchId) = _batchMintMetadata(startId, _amount, _baseURIForTokens);
            emit TokensLazyMinted(startId, startId + _amount - 1, _baseURIForTokens, _data);
            return batchId;
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether lazy minting can be performed in the given execution context.
        function _canLazyMint() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IOwnable.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Ownable
     *  @notice  Thirdweb's `Ownable` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *           who the 'owner' of the inheriting smart contract is, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses
     *           information about who the contract's owner is.
     */
    abstract contract Ownable is IOwnable {
        /// @dev Owner of the contract (purpose: OpenSea compatibility)
        address private _owner;
        /// @dev Reverts if caller is not the owner.
        modifier onlyOwner() {
            if (msg.sender != _owner) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice Returns the owner of the contract.
         */
        function owner() public view override returns (address) {
            return _owner;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice Lets an authorized wallet set a new owner for the contract.
         *  @param _newOwner The address to set as the new owner of the contract.
         */
        function setOwner(address _newOwner) external override {
            if (!_canSetOwner()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _setupOwner(_newOwner);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a contract admin.
        function _setupOwner(address _newOwner) internal {
            address _prevOwner = _owner;
            _owner = _newOwner;
            emit OwnerUpdated(_prevOwner, _newOwner);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether owner can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetOwner() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IPermissions.sol";
    import "../lib/TWStrings.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Permissions
     *  @dev     This contracts provides extending-contracts with role-based access control mechanisms
     */
    contract Permissions is IPermissions {
        /// @dev Map from keccak256 hash of a role => a map from address => whether address has role.
        mapping(bytes32 => mapping(address => bool)) private _hasRole;
        /// @dev Map from keccak256 hash of a role to role admin. See {getRoleAdmin}.
        mapping(bytes32 => bytes32) private _getRoleAdmin;
        /// @dev Default admin role for all roles. Only accounts with this role can grant/revoke other roles.
        bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
        /// @dev Modifier that checks if an account has the specified role; reverts otherwise.
        modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
            _checkRole(role, msg.sender);
            _;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Checks whether an account has a particular role.
         *  @dev            Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *  @param account  Address of the account for which the role is being checked.
         */
        function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view override returns (bool) {
            return _hasRole[role][account];
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Checks whether an account has a particular role;
         *                  role restrictions can be swtiched on and off.
         *
         *  @dev            Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
         *                  Role restrictions can be swtiched on and off:
         *                      - If address(0) has ROLE, then the ROLE restrictions
         *                        don't apply.
         *                      - If address(0) does not have ROLE, then the ROLE
         *                        restrictions will apply.
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *  @param account  Address of the account for which the role is being checked.
         */
        function hasRoleWithSwitch(bytes32 role, address account) public view returns (bool) {
            if (!_hasRole[role][address(0)]) {
                return _hasRole[role][account];
            }
            return true;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Returns the admin role that controls the specified role.
         *  @dev            See {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
         *                  To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         */
        function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view override returns (bytes32) {
            return _getRoleAdmin[role];
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Grants a role to an account, if not previously granted.
         *  @dev            Caller must have admin role for the `role`.
         *                  Emits {RoleGranted Event}.
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *  @param account  Address of the account to which the role is being granted.
         */
        function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
            _checkRole(_getRoleAdmin[role], msg.sender);
            if (_hasRole[role][account]) {
                revert("Can only grant to non holders");
            }
            _setupRole(role, account);
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Revokes role from an account.
         *  @dev            Caller must have admin role for the `role`.
         *                  Emits {RoleRevoked Event}.
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *  @param account  Address of the account from which the role is being revoked.
         */
        function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
            _checkRole(_getRoleAdmin[role], msg.sender);
            _revokeRole(role, account);
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Revokes role from the account.
         *  @dev            Caller must have the `role`, with caller being the same as `account`.
         *                  Emits {RoleRevoked Event}.
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *  @param account  Address of the account from which the role is being revoked.
         */
        function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
            if (msg.sender != account) {
                revert("Can only renounce for self");
            }
            _revokeRole(role, account);
        }
        /// @dev Sets `adminRole` as `role`'s admin role.
        function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
            bytes32 previousAdminRole = _getRoleAdmin[role];
            _getRoleAdmin[role] = adminRole;
            emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
        }
        /// @dev Sets up `role` for `account`
        function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
            _hasRole[role][account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, msg.sender);
        }
        /// @dev Revokes `role` from `account`
        function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
            _checkRole(role, account);
            delete _hasRole[role][account];
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, msg.sender);
        }
        /// @dev Checks `role` for `account`. Reverts with a message including the required role.
        function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
            if (!_hasRole[role][account]) {
                revert(
                    string(
                        abi.encodePacked(
                            "Permissions: account ",
                            TWStrings.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                            " is missing role ",
                            TWStrings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                        )
                    )
                );
            }
        }
        /// @dev Checks `role` for `account`. Reverts with a message including the required role.
        function _checkRoleWithSwitch(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
            if (!hasRoleWithSwitch(role, account)) {
                revert(
                    string(
                        abi.encodePacked(
                            "Permissions: account ",
                            TWStrings.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                            " is missing role ",
                            TWStrings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                        )
                    )
                );
            }
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IPermissionsEnumerable.sol";
    import "./Permissions.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   PermissionsEnumerable
     *  @dev     This contracts provides extending-contracts with role-based access control mechanisms.
     *           Also provides interfaces to view all members with a given role, and total count of members.
     */
    contract PermissionsEnumerable is IPermissionsEnumerable, Permissions {
        /**
         *  @notice A data structure to store data of members for a given role.
         *
         *  @param index    Current index in the list of accounts that have a role.
         *  @param members  map from index => address of account that has a role
         *  @param indexOf  map from address => index which the account has.
         */
        struct RoleMembers {
            uint256 index;
            mapping(uint256 => address) members;
            mapping(address => uint256) indexOf;
        }
        /// @dev map from keccak256 hash of a role to its members' data. See {RoleMembers}.
        mapping(bytes32 => RoleMembers) private roleMembers;
        /**
         *  @notice         Returns the role-member from a list of members for a role,
         *                  at a given index.
         *  @dev            Returns `member` who has `role`, at `index` of role-members list.
         *                  See struct {RoleMembers}, and mapping {roleMembers}
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *  @param index    Index in list of current members for the role.
         *
         *  @return member  Address of account that has `role`
         */
        function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view override returns (address member) {
            uint256 currentIndex = roleMembers[role].index;
            uint256 check;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < currentIndex; i += 1) {
                if (roleMembers[role].members[i] != address(0)) {
                    if (check == index) {
                        member = roleMembers[role].members[i];
                        return member;
                    }
                    check += 1;
                } else if (hasRole(role, address(0)) && i == roleMembers[role].indexOf[address(0)]) {
                    check += 1;
                }
            }
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Returns total number of accounts that have a role.
         *  @dev            Returns `count` of accounts that have `role`.
         *                  See struct {RoleMembers}, and mapping {roleMembers}
         *
         *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
         *
         *  @return count   Total number of accounts that have `role`
         */
        function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view override returns (uint256 count) {
            uint256 currentIndex = roleMembers[role].index;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < currentIndex; i += 1) {
                if (roleMembers[role].members[i] != address(0)) {
                    count += 1;
                }
            }
            if (hasRole(role, address(0))) {
                count += 1;
            }
        }
        /// @dev Revokes `role` from `account`, and removes `account` from {roleMembers}
        ///      See {_removeMember}
        function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
            super._revokeRole(role, account);
            _removeMember(role, account);
        }
        /// @dev Grants `role` to `account`, and adds `account` to {roleMembers}
        ///      See {_addMember}
        function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
            super._setupRole(role, account);
            _addMember(role, account);
        }
        /// @dev adds `account` to {roleMembers}, for `role`
        function _addMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
            uint256 idx = roleMembers[role].index;
            roleMembers[role].index += 1;
            roleMembers[role].members[idx] = account;
            roleMembers[role].indexOf[account] = idx;
        }
        /// @dev removes `account` from {roleMembers}, for `role`
        function _removeMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
            uint256 idx = roleMembers[role].indexOf[account];
            delete roleMembers[role].members[idx];
            delete roleMembers[role].indexOf[account];
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IPlatformFee.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Platform Fee
     *  @notice  Thirdweb's `PlatformFee` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *           the recipient of platform fee and the platform fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
     *           that uses information about platform fees, if desired.
     */
    abstract contract PlatformFee is IPlatformFee {
        /// @dev The address that receives all platform fees from all sales.
        address private platformFeeRecipient;
        /// @dev The % of primary sales collected as platform fees.
        uint16 private platformFeeBps;
        /// @dev Returns the platform fee recipient and bps.
        function getPlatformFeeInfo() public view override returns (address, uint16) {
            return (platformFeeRecipient, uint16(platformFeeBps));
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Updates the platform fee recipient and bps.
         *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set platform fee info.
         *                  See {_canSetPlatformFeeInfo}.
         *                  Emits {PlatformFeeInfoUpdated Event}; See {_setupPlatformFeeInfo}.
         *
         *  @param _platformFeeRecipient   Address to be set as new platformFeeRecipient.
         *  @param _platformFeeBps         Updated platformFeeBps.
         */
        function setPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _platformFeeBps) external override {
            if (!_canSetPlatformFeeInfo()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _setupPlatformFeeInfo(_platformFeeRecipient, _platformFeeBps);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin update the platform fee recipient and bps
        function _setupPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _platformFeeBps) internal {
            if (_platformFeeBps > 10_000) {
                revert("Exceeds max bps");
            }
            platformFeeBps = uint16(_platformFeeBps);
            platformFeeRecipient = _platformFeeRecipient;
            emit PlatformFeeInfoUpdated(_platformFeeRecipient, _platformFeeBps);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether platform fee info can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetPlatformFeeInfo() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IPrimarySale.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Primary Sale
     *  @notice  Thirdweb's `PrimarySale` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *           the recipient of primary sales, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses information about
     *           primary sales, if desired.
     */
    abstract contract PrimarySale is IPrimarySale {
        /// @dev The address that receives all primary sales value.
        address private recipient;
        /// @dev Returns primary sale recipient address.
        function primarySaleRecipient() public view override returns (address) {
            return recipient;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Updates primary sale recipient.
         *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set primary sales info.
         *                  See {_canSetPrimarySaleRecipient}.
         *                  Emits {PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated Event}; See {_setupPrimarySaleRecipient}.
         *
         *  @param _saleRecipient   Address to be set as new recipient of primary sales.
         */
        function setPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) external override {
            if (!_canSetPrimarySaleRecipient()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(_saleRecipient);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the recipient for all primary sales.
        function _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) internal {
            recipient = _saleRecipient;
            emit PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(_saleRecipient);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether primary sale recipient can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetPrimarySaleRecipient() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/IRoyalty.sol";
    /**
     *  @title   Royalty
     *  @notice  Thirdweb's `Royalty` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *           the recipient of royalty fee and the royalty fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
     *           that uses information about royalty fees, if desired.
     *
     *  @dev     The `Royalty` contract is ERC2981 compliant.
     */
    abstract contract Royalty is IRoyalty {
        /// @dev The (default) address that receives all royalty value.
        address private royaltyRecipient;
        /// @dev The (default) % of a sale to take as royalty (in basis points).
        uint16 private royaltyBps;
        /// @dev Token ID => royalty recipient and bps for token
        mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private royaltyInfoForToken;
        /**
         *  @notice   View royalty info for a given token and sale price.
         *  @dev      Returns royalty amount and recipient for `tokenId` and `salePrice`.
         *  @param tokenId          The tokenID of the NFT for which to query royalty info.
         *  @param salePrice        Sale price of the token.
         *
         *  @return receiver        Address of royalty recipient account.
         *  @return royaltyAmount   Royalty amount calculated at current royaltyBps value.
         */
        function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
            external
            view
            virtual
            override
            returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount)
        {
            (address recipient, uint256 bps) = getRoyaltyInfoForToken(tokenId);
            receiver = recipient;
            royaltyAmount = (salePrice * bps) / 10_000;
        }
        /**
         *  @notice          View royalty info for a given token.
         *  @dev             Returns royalty recipient and bps for `_tokenId`.
         *  @param _tokenId  The tokenID of the NFT for which to query royalty info.
         */
        function getRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 _tokenId) public view override returns (address, uint16) {
            RoyaltyInfo memory royaltyForToken = royaltyInfoForToken[_tokenId];
            return
                royaltyForToken.recipient == address(0)
                    ? (royaltyRecipient, uint16(royaltyBps))
                    : (royaltyForToken.recipient, uint16(royaltyForToken.bps));
        }
        /**
         *  @notice Returns the defualt royalty recipient and BPS for this contract's NFTs.
         */
        function getDefaultRoyaltyInfo() external view override returns (address, uint16) {
            return (royaltyRecipient, uint16(royaltyBps));
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Updates default royalty recipient and bps.
         *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set royalty info.
         *                  See {_canSetRoyaltyInfo}.
         *                  Emits {DefaultRoyalty Event}; See {_setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo}.
         *
         *  @param _royaltyRecipient   Address to be set as default royalty recipient.
         *  @param _royaltyBps         Updated royalty bps.
         */
        function setDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) external override {
            if (!_canSetRoyaltyInfo()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin update the default royalty recipient and bps.
        function _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) internal {
            if (_royaltyBps > 10_000) {
                revert("Exceeds max bps");
            }
            royaltyRecipient = _royaltyRecipient;
            royaltyBps = uint16(_royaltyBps);
            emit DefaultRoyalty(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
        }
        /**
         *  @notice         Updates default royalty recipient and bps for a particular token.
         *  @dev            Sets royalty info for `_tokenId`. Caller should be authorized to set royalty info.
         *                  See {_canSetRoyaltyInfo}.
         *                  Emits {RoyaltyForToken Event}; See {_setupRoyaltyInfoForToken}.
         *
         *  @param _recipient   Address to be set as royalty recipient for given token Id.
         *  @param _bps         Updated royalty bps for the token Id.
         */
        function setRoyaltyInfoForToken(
            uint256 _tokenId,
            address _recipient,
            uint256 _bps
        ) external override {
            if (!_canSetRoyaltyInfo()) {
                revert("Not authorized");
            }
            _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(_tokenId, _recipient, _bps);
        }
        /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the royalty recipient and bps for a particular token Id.
        function _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(
            uint256 _tokenId,
            address _recipient,
            uint256 _bps
        ) internal {
            if (_bps > 10_000) {
                revert("Exceeds max bps");
            }
            royaltyInfoForToken[_tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo({ recipient: _recipient, bps: _bps });
            emit RoyaltyForToken(_tokenId, _recipient, _bps);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether royalty info can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetRoyaltyInfo() internal view virtual returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./interface/ISignatureMintERC721.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/draft-EIP712Upgradeable.sol";
    abstract contract SignatureMintERC721Upgradeable is Initializable, EIP712Upgradeable, ISignatureMintERC721 {
        using ECDSAUpgradeable for bytes32;
        bytes32 private constant TYPEHASH =
            keccak256(
                "MintRequest(address to,address royaltyRecipient,uint256 royaltyBps,address primarySaleRecipient,string uri,uint256 quantity,uint256 pricePerToken,address currency,uint128 validityStartTimestamp,uint128 validityEndTimestamp,bytes32 uid)"
            );
        /// @dev Mapping from mint request UID => whether the mint request is processed.
        mapping(bytes32 => bool) private minted;
        function __SignatureMintERC721_init() internal onlyInitializing {
            __EIP712_init("SignatureMintERC721", "1");
        }
        function __SignatureMintERC721_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}
        /// @dev Verifies that a mint request is signed by an account holding MINTER_ROLE (at the time of the function call).
        function verify(MintRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature)
            public
            view
            override
            returns (bool success, address signer)
        {
            signer = _recoverAddress(_req, _signature);
            success = !minted[_req.uid] && _isAuthorizedSigner(signer);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether a given address is authorized to sign mint requests.
        function _isAuthorizedSigner(address _signer) internal view virtual returns (bool);
        /// @dev Verifies a mint request and marks the request as minted.
        function _processRequest(MintRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature) internal returns (address signer) {
            bool success;
            (success, signer) = verify(_req, _signature);
            if (!success) {
                revert("Invalid req");
            }
            if (_req.validityStartTimestamp > block.timestamp || block.timestamp > _req.validityEndTimestamp) {
                revert("Req expired");
            }
            minted[_req.uid] = true;
        }
        /// @dev Returns the address of the signer of the mint request.
        function _recoverAddress(MintRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature) internal view returns (address) {
            return _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(_encodeRequest(_req))).recover(_signature);
        }
        /// @dev Resolves 'stack too deep' error in `recoverAddress`.
        function _encodeRequest(MintRequest calldata _req) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
            return
                abi.encode(
                    TYPEHASH,
                    _req.to,
                    _req.royaltyRecipient,
                    _req.royaltyBps,
                    _req.primarySaleRecipient,
                    keccak256(bytes(_req.uri)),
                    _req.quantity,
                    _req.pricePerToken,
                    _req.currency,
                    _req.validityStartTimestamp,
                    _req.validityEndTimestamp,
                    _req.uid
                );
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../../lib/TWBitMaps.sol";
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's 'Drop' contracts are distribution mechanisms for tokens.
     *
     *  A contract admin (i.e. a holder of `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`) can set a series of claim conditions,
     *  ordered by their respective `startTimestamp`. A claim condition defines criteria under which
     *  accounts can mint tokens. Claim conditions can be overwritten or added to by the contract admin.
     *  At any moment, there is only one active claim condition.
     */
    interface IClaimCondition {
        /**
         *  @notice The criteria that make up a claim condition.
         *
         *  @param startTimestamp                 The unix timestamp after which the claim condition applies.
         *                                        The same claim condition applies until the `startTimestamp`
         *                                        of the next claim condition.
         *
         *  @param maxClaimableSupply             The maximum total number of tokens that can be claimed under
         *                                        the claim condition.
         *
         *  @param supplyClaimed                  At any given point, the number of tokens that have been claimed
         *                                        under the claim condition.
         *
         *  @param quantityLimitPerTransaction    The maximum number of tokens that can be claimed in a single
         *                                        transaction.
         *
         *  @param waitTimeInSecondsBetweenClaims The least number of seconds an account must wait after claiming
         *                                        tokens, to be able to claim tokens again.
         *
         *  @param merkleRoot                     The allowlist of addresses that can claim tokens under the claim
         *                                        condition.
         *
         *  @param pricePerToken                  The price required to pay per token claimed.
         *
         *  @param currency                       The currency in which the `pricePerToken` must be paid.
         */
        struct ClaimCondition {
            uint256 startTimestamp;
            uint256 maxClaimableSupply;
            uint256 supplyClaimed;
            uint256 quantityLimitPerTransaction;
            uint256 waitTimeInSecondsBetweenClaims;
            bytes32 merkleRoot;
            uint256 pricePerToken;
            address currency;
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `ContractMetadata` is a contract extension for any base contracts. It lets you set a metadata URI
     *  for you contract.
     *
     *  Additionally, `ContractMetadata` is necessary for NFT contracts that want royalties to get distributed on OpenSea.
     */
    interface IContractMetadata {
        /// @dev Returns the metadata URI of the contract.
        function contractURI() external view returns (string memory);
        /**
         *  @dev Sets contract URI for the storefront-level metadata of the contract.
         *       Only module admin can call this function.
         */
        function setContractURI(string calldata _uri) external;
        /// @dev Emitted when the contract URI is updated.
        event ContractURIUpdated(string prevURI, string newURI);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `DelayedReveal` is a contract extension for base NFT contracts. It lets you create batches of
     *  'delayed-reveal' NFTs. You can learn more about the usage of delayed reveal NFTs here - https://blog.thirdweb.com/delayed-reveal-nfts
     */
    interface IDelayedReveal {
        /// @dev Emitted when tokens are revealed.
        event TokenURIRevealed(uint256 indexed index, string revealedURI);
        /**
         *  @notice Reveals a batch of delayed reveal NFTs.
         *
         *  @param identifier The ID for the batch of delayed-reveal NFTs to reveal.
         *
         *  @param key        The key with which the base URI for the relevant batch of NFTs was encrypted.
         */
        function reveal(uint256 identifier, bytes calldata key) external returns (string memory revealedURI);
        /**
         *  @notice Performs XOR encryption/decryption.
         *
         *  @param data The data to encrypt. In the case of delayed-reveal NFTs, this is the "revealed" state
         *              base URI of the relevant batch of NFTs.
         *
         *  @param key  The key with which to encrypt data
         */
        function encryptDecrypt(bytes memory data, bytes calldata key) external pure returns (bytes memory result);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./IClaimCondition.sol";
    interface IDropSinglePhase is IClaimCondition {
        struct AllowlistProof {
            bytes32[] proof;
            uint256 maxQuantityInAllowlist;
        }
        /// @dev Emitted when tokens are claimed via `claim`.
        event TokensClaimed(
            address indexed claimer,
            address indexed receiver,
            uint256 indexed startTokenId,
            uint256 quantityClaimed
        );
        /// @dev Emitted when the contract's claim conditions are updated.
        event ClaimConditionUpdated(ClaimCondition condition, bool resetEligibility);
        /**
         *  @notice Lets an account claim a given quantity of NFTs.
         *
         *  @param receiver                       The receiver of the NFTs to claim.
         *  @param quantity                       The quantity of NFTs to claim.
         *  @param currency                       The currency in which to pay for the claim.
         *  @param pricePerToken                  The price per token to pay for the claim.
         *  @param allowlistProof                 The proof of the claimer's inclusion in the merkle root allowlist
         *                                        of the claim conditions that apply.
         *  @param data                           Arbitrary bytes data that can be leveraged in the implementation of this interface.
         */
        function claim(
            address receiver,
            uint256 quantity,
            address currency,
            uint256 pricePerToken,
            AllowlistProof calldata allowlistProof,
            bytes memory data
        ) external payable;
        /**
         *  @notice Lets a contract admin (account with `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`) set claim conditions.
         *
         *  @param phase                    Claim condition to set.
         *
         *  @param resetClaimEligibility    Whether to reset `limitLastClaimTimestamp` and `limitMerkleProofClaim` values when setting new
         *                                  claim conditions.
         */
        function setClaimConditions(ClaimCondition calldata phase, bool resetClaimEligibility) external;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `LazyMint` is a contract extension for any base NFT contract. It lets you 'lazy mint' any number of NFTs
     *  at once. Here, 'lazy mint' means defining the metadata for particular tokenIds of your NFT contract, without actually
     *  minting a non-zero balance of NFTs of those tokenIds.
     */
    interface ILazyMint {
        /// @dev Emitted when tokens are lazy minted.
        event TokensLazyMinted(uint256 indexed startTokenId, uint256 endTokenId, string baseURI, bytes encryptedBaseURI);
        /**
         *  @notice Lazy mints a given amount of NFTs.
         *
         *  @param amount           The number of NFTs to lazy mint.
         *
         *  @param baseURIForTokens The base URI for the 'n' number of NFTs being lazy minted, where the metadata for each
         *                          of those NFTs is `${baseURIForTokens}/${tokenId}`.
         *
         *  @param extraData        Additional bytes data to be used at the discretion of the consumer of the contract.
         *
         *  @return batchId         A unique integer identifier for the batch of NFTs lazy minted together.
         */
        function lazyMint(
            uint256 amount,
            string calldata baseURIForTokens,
            bytes calldata extraData
        ) external returns (uint256 batchId);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `Ownable` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *  who the 'owner' of the inheriting smart contract is, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses
     *  information about who the contract's owner is.
     */
    interface IOwnable {
        /// @dev Returns the owner of the contract.
        function owner() external view returns (address);
        /// @dev Lets a module admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a module admin.
        function setOwner(address _newOwner) external;
        /// @dev Emitted when a new Owner is set.
        event OwnerUpdated(address indexed prevOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
     */
    interface IPermissions {
        /**
         * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
         *
         * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
         * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
        /**
         * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
         *
         * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
         * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
         */
        event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
        /**
         * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
         *
         * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
         *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
         *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
         */
        event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
        /**
         * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
         */
        function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
        /**
         * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
         * {revokeRole}.
         *
         * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
         */
        function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
        /**
         * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
         *
         * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
         * event.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
         */
        function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
        /**
         * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
         *
         * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
         */
        function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
        /**
         * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
         *
         * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
         * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
         * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
         *
         * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
         * event.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - the caller must be `account`.
         */
        function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./IPermissions.sol";
    /**
     * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
     */
    interface IPermissionsEnumerable is IPermissions {
        /**
         * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
         * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
         *
         * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
         * change at any point.
         *
         * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
         * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
         * [forum post](https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296)
         * for more information.
         */
        function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);
        /**
         * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
         * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
         */
        function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `PlatformFee` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *  the recipient of platform fee and the platform fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
     *  that uses information about platform fees, if desired.
     */
    interface IPlatformFee {
        /// @dev Returns the platform fee bps and recipient.
        function getPlatformFeeInfo() external view returns (address, uint16);
        /// @dev Lets a module admin update the fees on primary sales.
        function setPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _platformFeeBps) external;
        /// @dev Emitted when fee on primary sales is updated.
        event PlatformFeeInfoUpdated(address indexed platformFeeRecipient, uint256 platformFeeBps);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `Primary` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *  the recipient of primary sales, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses information about
     *  primary sales, if desired.
     */
    interface IPrimarySale {
        /// @dev The adress that receives all primary sales value.
        function primarySaleRecipient() external view returns (address);
        /// @dev Lets a module admin set the default recipient of all primary sales.
        function setPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) external;
        /// @dev Emitted when a new sale recipient is set.
        event PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(address indexed recipient);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../../eip/interface/IERC2981.sol";
    /**
     *  Thirdweb's `Royalty` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
     *  the recipient of royalty fee and the royalty fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
     *  that uses information about royalty fees, if desired.
     *
     *  The `Royalty` contract is ERC2981 compliant.
     */
    interface IRoyalty is IERC2981 {
        struct RoyaltyInfo {
            address recipient;
            uint256 bps;
        }
        /// @dev Returns the royalty recipient and fee bps.
        function getDefaultRoyaltyInfo() external view returns (address, uint16);
        /// @dev Lets a module admin update the royalty bps and recipient.
        function setDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) external;
        /// @dev Lets a module admin set the royalty recipient for a particular token Id.
        function setRoyaltyInfoForToken(
            uint256 tokenId,
            address recipient,
            uint256 bps
        ) external;
        /// @dev Returns the royalty recipient for a particular token Id.
        function getRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address, uint16);
        /// @dev Emitted when royalty info is updated.
        event DefaultRoyalty(address indexed newRoyaltyRecipient, uint256 newRoyaltyBps);
        /// @dev Emitted when royalty recipient for tokenId is set
        event RoyaltyForToken(uint256 indexed tokenId, address indexed royaltyRecipient, uint256 royaltyBps);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     *  The 'signature minting' mechanism used in thirdweb Token smart contracts is a way for a contract admin to authorize an external party's
     *  request to mint tokens on the admin's contract.
     *
     *  At a high level, this means you can authorize some external party to mint tokens on your contract, and specify what exactly will be
     *  minted by that external party.
     */
    interface ISignatureMintERC721 {
        /**
         *  @notice The body of a request to mint tokens.
         *
         *  @param to The receiver of the tokens to mint.
         *  @param royaltyRecipient The recipient of the minted token's secondary sales royalties. (Not applicable for ERC20 tokens)
         *  @param royaltyBps The percentage of the minted token's secondary sales to take as royalties. (Not applicable for ERC20 tokens)
         *  @param primarySaleRecipient The recipient of the minted token's primary sales proceeds.
         *  @param uri The metadata URI of the token to mint. (Not applicable for ERC20 tokens)
         *  @param quantity The quantity of tokens to mint.
         *  @param pricePerToken The price to pay per quantity of tokens minted.
         *  @param currency The currency in which to pay the price per token minted.
         *  @param validityStartTimestamp The unix timestamp after which the payload is valid.
         *  @param validityEndTimestamp The unix timestamp at which the payload expires.
         *  @param uid A unique identifier for the payload.
         */
        struct MintRequest {
            address to;
            address royaltyRecipient;
            uint256 royaltyBps;
            address primarySaleRecipient;
            string uri;
            uint256 quantity;
            uint256 pricePerToken;
            address currency;
            uint128 validityStartTimestamp;
            uint128 validityEndTimestamp;
            bytes32 uid;
        }
        /// @dev Emitted when tokens are minted.
        event TokensMintedWithSignature(
            address indexed signer,
            address indexed mintedTo,
            uint256 indexed tokenIdMinted,
            MintRequest mintRequest
        );
        /**
         *  @notice Verifies that a mint request is signed by an account holding
         *          MINTER_ROLE (at the time of the function call).
         *
         *  @param req The payload / mint request.
         *  @param signature The signature produced by an account signing the mint request.
         *
         *  returns (success, signer) Result of verification and the recovered address.
         */
        function verify(MintRequest calldata req, bytes calldata signature)
            external
            view
            returns (bool success, address signer);
        /**
         *  @notice Mints tokens according to the provided mint request.
         *
         *  @param req The payload / mint request.
         *  @param signature The signature produced by an account signing the mint request.
         */
        function mintWithSignature(MintRequest calldata req, bytes calldata signature)
            external
            payable
            returns (address signer);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    interface IWETH {
        function deposit() external payable;
        function withdraw(uint256 amount) external;
        function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    // Helper interfaces
    import { IWETH } from "../interfaces/IWETH.sol";
    import "../openzeppelin-presets/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
    library CurrencyTransferLib {
        using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
        /// @dev The address interpreted as native token of the chain.
        address public constant NATIVE_TOKEN = 0xEeeeeEeeeEeEeeEeEeEeeEEEeeeeEeeeeeeeEEeE;
        /// @dev Transfers a given amount of currency.
        function transferCurrency(
            address _currency,
            address _from,
            address _to,
            uint256 _amount
        ) internal {
            if (_amount == 0) {
                return;
            }
            if (_currency == NATIVE_TOKEN) {
                safeTransferNativeToken(_to, _amount);
            } else {
                safeTransferERC20(_currency, _from, _to, _amount);
            }
        }
        /// @dev Transfers a given amount of currency. (With native token wrapping)
        function transferCurrencyWithWrapper(
            address _currency,
            address _from,
            address _to,
            uint256 _amount,
            address _nativeTokenWrapper
        ) internal {
            if (_amount == 0) {
                return;
            }
            if (_currency == NATIVE_TOKEN) {
                if (_from == address(this)) {
                    // withdraw from weth then transfer withdrawn native token to recipient
                    IWETH(_nativeTokenWrapper).withdraw(_amount);
                    safeTransferNativeTokenWithWrapper(_to, _amount, _nativeTokenWrapper);
                } else if (_to == address(this)) {
                    // store native currency in weth
                    require(_amount == msg.value, "msg.value != amount");
                    IWETH(_nativeTokenWrapper).deposit{ value: _amount }();
                } else {
                    safeTransferNativeTokenWithWrapper(_to, _amount, _nativeTokenWrapper);
                }
            } else {
                safeTransferERC20(_currency, _from, _to, _amount);
            }
        }
        /// @dev Transfer `amount` of ERC20 token from `from` to `to`.
        function safeTransferERC20(
            address _currency,
            address _from,
            address _to,
            uint256 _amount
        ) internal {
            if (_from == _to) {
                return;
            }
            if (_from == address(this)) {
                IERC20(_currency).safeTransfer(_to, _amount);
            } else {
                IERC20(_currency).safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _amount);
            }
        }
        /// @dev Transfers `amount` of native token to `to`.
        function safeTransferNativeToken(address to, uint256 value) internal {
            // solhint-disable avoid-low-level-calls
            // slither-disable-next-line low-level-calls
            (bool success, ) = to.call{ value: value }("");
            require(success, "native token transfer failed");
        }
        /// @dev Transfers `amount` of native token to `to`. (With native token wrapping)
        function safeTransferNativeTokenWithWrapper(
            address to,
            uint256 value,
            address _nativeTokenWrapper
        ) internal {
            // solhint-disable avoid-low-level-calls
            // slither-disable-next-line low-level-calls
            (bool success, ) = to.call{ value: value }("");
            if (!success) {
                IWETH(_nativeTokenWrapper).deposit{ value: value }();
                IERC20(_nativeTokenWrapper).safeTransfer(to, value);
            }
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // Modified from https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/v4.3.0/contracts/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol
    // Copied from https://github.com/ensdomains/governance/blob/master/contracts/MerkleProof.sol
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Trees proofs.
     *
     * The proofs can be generated using the JavaScript library
     * https://github.com/miguelmota/merkletreejs[merkletreejs].
     * Note: the hashing algorithm should be keccak256 and pair sorting should be enabled.
     *
     * See `test/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.test.js` for some examples.
     *
     * Source: https://github.com/ensdomains/governance/blob/master/contracts/MerkleProof.sol
     */
    library MerkleProof {
        /**
         * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
         * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
         * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
         * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
         */
        function verify(
            bytes32[] memory proof,
            bytes32 root,
            bytes32 leaf
        ) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
            bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
            uint256 index = 0;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
                index *= 2;
                bytes32 proofElement = proof[i];
                if (computedHash <= proofElement) {
                    // Hash(current computed hash + current element of the proof)
                    computedHash = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(computedHash, proofElement));
                } else {
                    // Hash(current element of the proof + current computed hash)
                    computedHash = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(proofElement, computedHash));
                    index += 1;
                }
            }
            // Check if the computed hash (root) is equal to the provided root
            return (computedHash == root, index);
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Address.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
     */
    library TWAddress {
        /**
         * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
         *
         * [IMPORTANT]
         * ====
         * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
         * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
         *
         * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
         * types of addresses:
         *
         *  - an externally-owned account
         *  - a contract in construction
         *  - an address where a contract will be created
         *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
         * ====
         *
         * [IMPORTANT]
         * ====
         * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
         *
         * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
         * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
         * constructor.
         * ====
         */
        function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
            // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
            // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
            // of the constructor execution.
            return account.code.length > 0;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
         * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
         *
         * [EIP1884](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884) increases the gas cost
         * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
         * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
         * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
         *
         * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
         *
         * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
         * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
         * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
         * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
         */
        function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
            require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
            (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
            require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
         * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
         * function instead.
         *
         * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
         * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
         *
         * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
         * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `target` must be a contract.
         * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
         * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCall(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
         * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
         * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCallWithValue(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            uint256 value
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
         * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCallWithValue(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            uint256 value,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
            require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
            return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a static call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.3._
         */
        function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a static call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.3._
         */
        function functionStaticCall(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
            require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
            (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
            return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a delegate call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.4._
         */
        function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a delegate call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.4._
         */
        function functionDelegateCall(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
            (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
            return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
         * revert reason using the provided one.
         *
         * _Available since v4.3._
         */
        function verifyCallResult(
            bool success,
            bytes memory returndata,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
            if (success) {
                return returndata;
            } else {
                // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                if (returndata.length > 0) {
                    // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                    assembly {
                        let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                        revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                    }
                } else {
                    revert(errorMessage);
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/structs/BitMaps.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev Library for managing uint256 to bool mapping in a compact and efficient way, providing the keys are sequential.
     * Largely inspired by Uniswap's [merkle-distributor](https://github.com/Uniswap/merkle-distributor/blob/master/contracts/MerkleDistributor.sol).
     */
    library TWBitMaps {
        struct BitMap {
            mapping(uint256 => uint256) _data;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns whether the bit at `index` is set.
         */
        function get(BitMap storage bitmap, uint256 index) internal view returns (bool) {
            uint256 bucket = index >> 8;
            uint256 mask = 1 << (index & 0xff);
            return bitmap._data[bucket] & mask != 0;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Sets the bit at `index` to the boolean `value`.
         */
        function setTo(
            BitMap storage bitmap,
            uint256 index,
            bool value
        ) internal {
            if (value) {
                set(bitmap, index);
            } else {
                unset(bitmap, index);
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Sets the bit at `index`.
         */
        function set(BitMap storage bitmap, uint256 index) internal {
            uint256 bucket = index >> 8;
            uint256 mask = 1 << (index & 0xff);
            bitmap._data[bucket] |= mask;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Unsets the bit at `index`.
         */
        function unset(BitMap storage bitmap, uint256 index) internal {
            uint256 bucket = index >> 8;
            uint256 mask = 1 << (index & 0xff);
            bitmap._data[bucket] &= ~mask;
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Strings.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev String operations.
     */
    library TWStrings {
        bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
        /**
         * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
         */
        function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
            // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
            // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
            if (value == 0) {
                return "0";
            }
            uint256 temp = value;
            uint256 digits;
            while (temp != 0) {
                digits++;
                temp /= 10;
            }
            bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
            while (value != 0) {
                digits -= 1;
                buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
                value /= 10;
            }
            return string(buffer);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
         */
        function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
            if (value == 0) {
                return "0x00";
            }
            uint256 temp = value;
            uint256 length = 0;
            while (temp != 0) {
                length++;
                temp >>= 8;
            }
            return toHexString(value, length);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
         */
        function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
            bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
            buffer[0] = "0";
            buffer[1] = "x";
            for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
                buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
                value >>= 4;
            }
            require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
            return string(buffer);
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.0 (metatx/ERC2771Context.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.11;
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Context variant with ERC2771 support.
     */
    abstract contract ERC2771ContextUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
        mapping(address => bool) private _trustedForwarder;
        function __ERC2771Context_init(address[] memory trustedForwarder) internal onlyInitializing {
            __Context_init_unchained();
            __ERC2771Context_init_unchained(trustedForwarder);
        }
        function __ERC2771Context_init_unchained(address[] memory trustedForwarder) internal onlyInitializing {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < trustedForwarder.length; i++) {
                _trustedForwarder[trustedForwarder[i]] = true;
            }
        }
        function isTrustedForwarder(address forwarder) public view virtual returns (bool) {
            return _trustedForwarder[forwarder];
        }
        function _msgSender() internal view virtual override returns (address sender) {
            if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
                // The assembly code is more direct than the Solidity version using `abi.decode`.
                assembly {
                    sender := shr(96, calldataload(sub(calldatasize(), 20)))
                }
            } else {
                return super._msgSender();
            }
        }
        function _msgData() internal view virtual override returns (bytes calldata) {
            if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
                return msg.data[:msg.data.length - 20];
            } else {
                return super._msgData();
            }
        }
        uint256[49] private __gap;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../../../../eip/interface/IERC20.sol";
    import "../../../../lib/TWAddress.sol";
    /**
     * @title SafeERC20
     * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
     * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
     * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
     * successful.
     * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
     * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
     */
    library SafeERC20 {
        using TWAddress for address;
        function safeTransfer(
            IERC20 token,
            address to,
            uint256 value
        ) internal {
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
        }
        function safeTransferFrom(
            IERC20 token,
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 value
        ) internal {
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
        }
        /**
         * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
         * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
         *
         * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
         * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
         */
        function safeApprove(
            IERC20 token,
            address spender,
            uint256 value
        ) internal {
            // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
            // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
            // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
            require(
                (value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
                "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
            );
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
        }
        function safeIncreaseAllowance(
            IERC20 token,
            address spender,
            uint256 value
        ) internal {
            uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender) + value;
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
        }
        function safeDecreaseAllowance(
            IERC20 token,
            address spender,
            uint256 value
        ) internal {
            unchecked {
                uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
                require(oldAllowance >= value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
                uint256 newAllowance = oldAllowance - value;
                _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
         * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
         * @param token The token targeted by the call.
         * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
         */
        function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
            // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
            // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address.functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
            // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
            bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // Return data is optional
                require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
            }
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
    pragma solidity ^0.8.11;
    //  ==========  External imports    ==========
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/MulticallUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
    import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
    //  ==========  Internal imports    ==========
    import "../openzeppelin-presets/metatx/ERC2771ContextUpgradeable.sol";
    import "../lib/CurrencyTransferLib.sol";
    //  ==========  Features    ==========
    import "../extension/ContractMetadata.sol";
    import "../extension/PlatformFee.sol";
    import "../extension/Royalty.sol";
    import "../extension/PrimarySale.sol";
    import "../extension/Ownable.sol";
    import "../extension/DelayedReveal.sol";
    import "../extension/LazyMint.sol";
    import "../extension/PermissionsEnumerable.sol";
    import "../extension/DropSinglePhase.sol";
    import "../extension/SignatureMintERC721Upgradeable.sol";
    contract SignatureDrop is
        Initializable,
        ContractMetadata,
        PlatformFee,
        Royalty,
        PrimarySale,
        Ownable,
        DelayedReveal,
        LazyMint,
        PermissionsEnumerable,
        DropSinglePhase,
        SignatureMintERC721Upgradeable,
        ERC2771ContextUpgradeable,
        MulticallUpgradeable,
        ERC721AUpgradeable
    {
        using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                State variables
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Only transfers to or from TRANSFER_ROLE holders are valid, when transfers are restricted.
        bytes32 private transferRole;
        /// @dev Only MINTER_ROLE holders can sign off on `MintRequest`s and lazy mint tokens.
        bytes32 private minterRole;
        /// @dev Max bps in the thirdweb system.
        uint256 private constant MAX_BPS = 10_000;
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Constructor + initializer logic
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Initiliazes the contract, like a constructor.
        function initialize(
            address _defaultAdmin,
            string memory _name,
            string memory _symbol,
            string memory _contractURI,
            address[] memory _trustedForwarders,
            address _saleRecipient,
            address _royaltyRecipient,
            uint128 _royaltyBps,
            uint128 _platformFeeBps,
            address _platformFeeRecipient
        ) external initializer {
            transferRole = keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE");
            minterRole = keccak256("MINTER_ROLE");
            // Initialize inherited contracts, most base-like -> most derived.
            __ERC2771Context_init(_trustedForwarders);
            __ERC721A_init(_name, _symbol);
            __SignatureMintERC721_init();
            _setupContractURI(_contractURI);
            _setupOwner(_defaultAdmin);
            _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _defaultAdmin);
            _setupRole(minterRole, _defaultAdmin);
            _setupRole(transferRole, _defaultAdmin);
            _setupRole(transferRole, address(0));
            _setupPlatformFeeInfo(_platformFeeRecipient, _platformFeeBps);
            _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
            _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(_saleRecipient);
        }
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            ERC 165 / 721 / 2981 logic
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Returns the URI for a given tokenId.
        function tokenURI(uint256 _tokenId) public view override returns (string memory) {
            (uint256 batchId, ) = getBatchId(_tokenId);
            string memory batchUri = getBaseURI(_tokenId);
            if (isEncryptedBatch(batchId)) {
                return string(abi.encodePacked(batchUri, "0"));
            } else {
                return string(abi.encodePacked(batchUri, _tokenId.toString()));
            }
        }
        /// @dev See ERC 165
        function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
            public
            view
            virtual
            override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC165)
            returns (bool)
        {
            return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId == interfaceId;
        }
        function contractType() external pure returns (bytes32) {
            return bytes32("SignatureDrop");
        }
        function contractVersion() external pure returns (uint8) {
            return uint8(4);
        }
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Lazy minting + delayed-reveal logic
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /**
         *  @dev Lets an account with `MINTER_ROLE` lazy mint 'n' NFTs.
         *       The URIs for each token is the provided `_baseURIForTokens` + `{tokenId}`.
         */
        function lazyMint(
            uint256 _amount,
            string calldata _baseURIForTokens,
            bytes calldata _data
        ) public override onlyRole(minterRole) returns (uint256 batchId) {
            if (_data.length > 0) {
                (bytes memory encryptedURI, bytes32 provenanceHash) = abi.decode(_data, (bytes, bytes32));
                if (encryptedURI.length != 0 && provenanceHash != "") {
                    _setEncryptedData(nextTokenIdToLazyMint + _amount, _data);
                }
            }
            return super.lazyMint(_amount, _baseURIForTokens, _data);
        }
        /// @dev Lets an account with `MINTER_ROLE` reveal the URI for a batch of 'delayed-reveal' NFTs.
        function reveal(uint256 _index, bytes calldata _key)
            external
            onlyRole(minterRole)
            returns (string memory revealedURI)
        {
            uint256 batchId = getBatchIdAtIndex(_index);
            revealedURI = getRevealURI(batchId, _key);
            _setEncryptedData(batchId, "");
            _setBaseURI(batchId, revealedURI);
            emit TokenURIRevealed(_index, revealedURI);
        }
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Claiming lazy minted tokens logic
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Claim lazy minted tokens via signature.
        function mintWithSignature(MintRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature)
            external
            payable
            returns (address signer)
        {
            if (_req.quantity == 0) {
                revert("0 qty");
            }
            uint256 tokenIdToMint = _currentIndex;
            if (tokenIdToMint + _req.quantity > nextTokenIdToLazyMint) {
                revert("Not enough tokens");
            }
            // Verify and process payload.
            signer = _processRequest(_req, _signature);
            /**
             *  Get receiver of tokens.
             *
             *  Note: If `_req.to == address(0)`, a `mintWithSignature` transaction sitting in the
             *        mempool can be frontrun by copying the input data, since the minted tokens
             *        will be sent to the `_msgSender()` in this case.
             */
            address receiver = _req.to == address(0) ? _msgSender() : _req.to;
            // Collect price
            collectPriceOnClaim(_req.primarySaleRecipient, _req.quantity, _req.currency, _req.pricePerToken);
            // Set royalties, if applicable.
            if (_req.royaltyRecipient != address(0) && _req.royaltyBps != 0) {
                _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(tokenIdToMint, _req.royaltyRecipient, _req.royaltyBps);
            }
            // Mint tokens.
            _safeMint(receiver, _req.quantity);
            emit TokensMintedWithSignature(signer, receiver, tokenIdToMint, _req);
        }
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            Internal functions
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /// @dev Runs before every `claim` function call.
        function _beforeClaim(
            address,
            uint256 _quantity,
            address,
            uint256,
            AllowlistProof calldata,
            bytes memory
        ) internal view override {
            bool bot = isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender) || _msgSender() == tx.origin;
            require(bot, "BOT");
            require(_currentIndex + _quantity <= nextTokenIdToLazyMint, "Not enough tokens");
        }
        /// @dev Collects and distributes the primary sale value of NFTs being claimed.
        function collectPriceOnClaim(
            address _primarySaleRecipient,
            uint256 _quantityToClaim,
            address _currency,
            uint256 _pricePerToken
        ) internal override {
            if (_pricePerToken == 0) {
                return;
            }
            (address platformFeeRecipient, uint16 platformFeeBps) = getPlatformFeeInfo();
            address saleRecipient = _primarySaleRecipient == address(0) ? primarySaleRecipient() : _primarySaleRecipient;
            uint256 totalPrice = _quantityToClaim * _pricePerToken;
            uint256 platformFees = (totalPrice * platformFeeBps) / MAX_BPS;
            if (_currency == CurrencyTransferLib.NATIVE_TOKEN) {
                if (msg.value != totalPrice) {
                    revert("Must send total price");
                }
            }
            CurrencyTransferLib.transferCurrency(_currency, _msgSender(), platformFeeRecipient, platformFees);
            CurrencyTransferLib.transferCurrency(_currency, _msgSender(), saleRecipient, totalPrice - platformFees);
        }
        /// @dev Transfers the NFTs being claimed.
        function transferTokensOnClaim(address _to, uint256 _quantityBeingClaimed)
            internal
            override
            returns (uint256 startTokenId)
        {
            startTokenId = _currentIndex;
            _safeMint(_to, _quantityBeingClaimed);
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether a given address is authorized to sign mint requests.
        function _isAuthorizedSigner(address _signer) internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(minterRole, _signer);
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether platform fee info can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetPlatformFeeInfo() internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether primary sale recipient can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetPrimarySaleRecipient() internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether owner can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetOwner() internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether royalty info can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetRoyaltyInfo() internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether contract metadata can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetContractURI() internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /// @dev Checks whether platform fee info can be set in the given execution context.
        function _canSetClaimConditions() internal view override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /// @dev Returns whether lazy minting can be done in the given execution context.
        function _canLazyMint() internal view virtual override returns (bool) {
            return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
        }
        /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            Miscellaneous
        //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
        /**
         * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
         */
        function totalMinted() external view returns (uint256) {
            unchecked {
                return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
            }
        }
        /// @dev The tokenId of the next NFT that will be minted / lazy minted.
        function nextTokenIdToMint() external view returns (uint256) {
            return nextTokenIdToLazyMint;
        }
        /// @dev Burns `tokenId`. See {ERC721-_burn}.
        function burn(uint256 tokenId) external virtual {
            // note: ERC721AUpgradeable's `_burn(uint256,bool)` internally checks for token approvals.
            _burn(tokenId, true);
        }
        /// @dev See {ERC721-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
        function _beforeTokenTransfers(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 startTokenId,
            uint256 quantity
        ) internal virtual override {
            super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
            // if transfer is restricted on the contract, we still want to allow burning and minting
            if (!hasRole(transferRole, address(0)) && from != address(0) && to != address(0)) {
                if (!hasRole(transferRole, from) && !hasRole(transferRole, to)) {
                    revert("!Transfer-Role");
                }
            }
        }
        function _dropMsgSender() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
            return _msgSender();
        }
        function _msgSender()
            internal
            view
            virtual
            override(ContextUpgradeable, ERC2771ContextUpgradeable)
            returns (address sender)
        {
            return ERC2771ContextUpgradeable._msgSender();
        }
        function _msgData()
            internal
            view
            virtual
            override(ContextUpgradeable, ERC2771ContextUpgradeable)
            returns (bytes calldata)
        {
            return ERC2771ContextUpgradeable._msgData();
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC165.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
     *
     * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
     * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
     *
     * _Available since v4.5._
     */
    interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
        /**
         * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
         * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be payed in that same unit of exchange.
         */
        function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
            external
            view
            returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
     * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
     * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
     * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
     *
     * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
     * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
     *
     * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
     * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
     *
     * [CAUTION]
     * ====
     * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
     *
     * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
     * contract, which may impact the proxy. To initialize the implementation contract, you can either invoke the
     * initializer manually, or you can include a constructor to automatically mark it as initialized when it is deployed:
     *
     * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
     * ```
     * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
     * constructor() initializer {}
     * ```
     * ====
     */
    abstract contract Initializable {
        /**
         * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
         */
        bool private _initialized;
        /**
         * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
         */
        bool private _initializing;
        /**
         * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
         */
        modifier initializer() {
            // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
            // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
            // contract may have been reentered.
            require(_initializing ? _isConstructor() : !_initialized, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
            bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
            if (isTopLevelCall) {
                _initializing = true;
                _initialized = true;
            }
            _;
            if (isTopLevelCall) {
                _initializing = false;
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
         * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
         */
        modifier onlyInitializing() {
            require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
            _;
        }
        function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
            return !AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this));
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
     * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
     * from ERC721 asset contracts.
     */
    interface IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
        /**
         * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
         * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
         *
         * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
         * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
         *
         * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721.onERC721Received.selector`.
         */
        function onERC721Received(
            address operator,
            address from,
            uint256 tokenId,
            bytes calldata data
        ) external returns (bytes4);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
     */
    interface IERC721Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
        /**
         * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
         */
        event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
        /**
         * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
         */
        event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
        /**
         * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
         */
        event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
        /**
         * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
         */
        function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
        /**
         * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `tokenId` must exist.
         */
        function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
        /**
         * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
         * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
         * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
         * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function safeTransferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId
        ) external;
        /**
         * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
         *
         * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
         * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function transferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId
        ) external;
        /**
         * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
         * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
         *
         * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
         * - `tokenId` must exist.
         *
         * Emits an {Approval} event.
         */
        function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
        /**
         * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `tokenId` must exist.
         */
        function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
        /**
         * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
         * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
         *
         * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
         */
        function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
        /**
         * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
         *
         * See {setApprovalForAll}
         */
        function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
        /**
         * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
         * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
         * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function safeTransferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId,
            bytes calldata data
        ) external;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
    /**
     * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
     * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
     */
    interface IERC721MetadataUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable {
        /**
         * @dev Returns the token collection name.
         */
        function name() external view returns (string memory);
        /**
         * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
         */
        function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
        /**
         * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
         */
        function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Address.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
    /**
     * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
     */
    library AddressUpgradeable {
        /**
         * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
         *
         * [IMPORTANT]
         * ====
         * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
         * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
         *
         * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
         * types of addresses:
         *
         *  - an externally-owned account
         *  - a contract in construction
         *  - an address where a contract will be created
         *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
         * ====
         *
         * [IMPORTANT]
         * ====
         * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
         *
         * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
         * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
         * constructor.
         * ====
         */
        function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
            // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
            // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
            // of the constructor execution.
            return account.code.length > 0;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
         * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
         *
         * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
         * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
         * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
         * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
         *
         * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
         *
         * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
         * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
         * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
         * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
         */
        function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
            require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
            (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
            require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
         * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
         * function instead.
         *
         * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
         * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
         *
         * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
         * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `target` must be a contract.
         * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
         * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCall(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
         * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
         * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCallWithValue(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            uint256 value
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
         * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
         *
         * _Available since v3.1._
         */
        function functionCallWithValue(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            uint256 value,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
            require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
            require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
            return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a static call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.3._
         */
        function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
            return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a static call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.3._
         */
        function functionStaticCall(
            address target,
            bytes memory data,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
            require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
            (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
            return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
         * revert reason using the provided one.
         *
         * _Available since v4.3._
         */
        function verifyCallResult(
            bool success,
            bytes memory returndata,
            string memory errorMessage
        ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
            if (success) {
                return returndata;
            } else {
                // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                if (returndata.length > 0) {
                    // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                    assembly {
                        let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                        revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                    }
                } else {
                    revert(errorMessage);
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
     * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
     * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
     * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
     * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
     * is concerned).
     *
     * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
     */
    abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
        function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        }
        function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        }
        function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
            return msg.sender;
        }
        function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
            return msg.data;
        }
        /**
         * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
         * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
         * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
         */
        uint256[50] private __gap;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Multicall.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./AddressUpgradeable.sol";
    import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Provides a function to batch together multiple calls in a single external call.
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    abstract contract MulticallUpgradeable is Initializable {
        function __Multicall_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        }
        function __Multicall_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        }
        /**
         * @dev Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
         */
        function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external virtual returns (bytes[] memory results) {
            results = new bytes[](data.length);
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.length; i++) {
                results[i] = _functionDelegateCall(address(this), data[i]);
            }
            return results;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
         * but performing a delegate call.
         *
         * _Available since v3.4._
         */
        function _functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) private returns (bytes memory) {
            require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
            // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
            (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
            return AddressUpgradeable.verifyCallResult(success, returndata, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
        }
        /**
         * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
         * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
         * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
         */
        uint256[50] private __gap;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Strings.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev String operations.
     */
    library StringsUpgradeable {
        bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
        /**
         * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
         */
        function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
            // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
            // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
            if (value == 0) {
                return "0";
            }
            uint256 temp = value;
            uint256 digits;
            while (temp != 0) {
                digits++;
                temp /= 10;
            }
            bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
            while (value != 0) {
                digits -= 1;
                buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
                value /= 10;
            }
            return string(buffer);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
         */
        function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
            if (value == 0) {
                return "0x00";
            }
            uint256 temp = value;
            uint256 length = 0;
            while (temp != 0) {
                length++;
                temp >>= 8;
            }
            return toHexString(value, length);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
         */
        function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
            bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
            buffer[0] = "0";
            buffer[1] = "x";
            for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
                buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
                value >>= 4;
            }
            require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
            return string(buffer);
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "../StringsUpgradeable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
     *
     * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
     * of the private keys of a given address.
     */
    library ECDSAUpgradeable {
        enum RecoverError {
            NoError,
            InvalidSignature,
            InvalidSignatureLength,
            InvalidSignatureS,
            InvalidSignatureV
        }
        function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure {
            if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
                return; // no error: do nothing
            } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
                revert("ECDSA: invalid signature");
            } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
                revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length");
            } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
                revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value");
            } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureV) {
                revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 'v' value");
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
         * `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
         *
         * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
         * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
         * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
         *
         * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
         * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
         * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
         * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
         * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
         *
         * Documentation for signature generation:
         * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
         * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
         *
         * _Available since v4.3._
         */
        function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
            // Check the signature length
            // - case 65: r,s,v signature (standard)
            // - case 64: r,vs signature (cf https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098) _Available since v4.1._
            if (signature.length == 65) {
                bytes32 r;
                bytes32 s;
                uint8 v;
                // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
                // currently is to use assembly.
                assembly {
                    r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                    s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                    v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
                }
                return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
            } else if (signature.length == 64) {
                bytes32 r;
                bytes32 vs;
                // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
                // currently is to use assembly.
                assembly {
                    r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                    vs := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                }
                return tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
            } else {
                return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength);
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
         * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
         *
         * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
         * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
         * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
         *
         * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
         * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
         * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
         * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
         * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
         */
        function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
            (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
            _throwError(error);
            return recovered;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
         *
         * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
         *
         * _Available since v4.3._
         */
        function tryRecover(
            bytes32 hash,
            bytes32 r,
            bytes32 vs
        ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
            bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
            uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
            return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
         *
         * _Available since v4.2._
         */
        function recover(
            bytes32 hash,
            bytes32 r,
            bytes32 vs
        ) internal pure returns (address) {
            (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
            _throwError(error);
            return recovered;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
         * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
         *
         * _Available since v4.3._
         */
        function tryRecover(
            bytes32 hash,
            uint8 v,
            bytes32 r,
            bytes32 s
        ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
            // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
            // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
            // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
            // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
            //
            // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
            // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
            // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
            // these malleable signatures as well.
            if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
                return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS);
            }
            if (v != 27 && v != 28) {
                return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureV);
            }
            // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
            address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
            if (signer == address(0)) {
                return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature);
            }
            return (signer, RecoverError.NoError);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
         * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
         */
        function recover(
            bytes32 hash,
            uint8 v,
            bytes32 r,
            bytes32 s
        ) internal pure returns (address) {
            (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
            _throwError(error);
            return recovered;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This
         * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
         * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
         * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
         *
         * See {recover}.
         */
        function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
            // 32 is the length in bytes of hash,
            // enforced by the type signature above
            return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
    32", hash));
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This
         * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
         * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
         * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
         *
         * See {recover}.
         */
        function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
            return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
    ", StringsUpgradeable.toString(s.length), s));
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a
         * `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding
         * to the one signed with the
         * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`]
         * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
         *
         * See {recover}.
         */
        function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
            return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19\\x01", domainSeparator, structHash));
        }
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/cryptography/draft-EIP712.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
    import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[EIP 712] is a standard for hashing and signing of typed structured data.
     *
     * The encoding specified in the EIP is very generic, and such a generic implementation in Solidity is not feasible,
     * thus this contract does not implement the encoding itself. Protocols need to implement the type-specific encoding
     * they need in their contracts using a combination of `abi.encode` and `keccak256`.
     *
     * This contract implements the EIP 712 domain separator ({_domainSeparatorV4}) that is used as part of the encoding
     * scheme, and the final step of the encoding to obtain the message digest that is then signed via ECDSA
     * ({_hashTypedDataV4}).
     *
     * The implementation of the domain separator was designed to be as efficient as possible while still properly updating
     * the chain id to protect against replay attacks on an eventual fork of the chain.
     *
     * NOTE: This contract implements the version of the encoding known as "v4", as implemented by the JSON RPC method
     * https://docs.metamask.io/guide/signing-data.html[`eth_signTypedDataV4` in MetaMask].
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    abstract contract EIP712Upgradeable is Initializable {
        /* solhint-disable var-name-mixedcase */
        bytes32 private _HASHED_NAME;
        bytes32 private _HASHED_VERSION;
        bytes32 private constant _TYPE_HASH = keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)");
        /* solhint-enable var-name-mixedcase */
        /**
         * @dev Initializes the domain separator and parameter caches.
         *
         * The meaning of `name` and `version` is specified in
         * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-domainseparator[EIP 712]:
         *
         * - `name`: the user readable name of the signing domain, i.e. the name of the DApp or the protocol.
         * - `version`: the current major version of the signing domain.
         *
         * NOTE: These parameters cannot be changed except through a xref:learn::upgrading-smart-contracts.adoc[smart
         * contract upgrade].
         */
        function __EIP712_init(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
            __EIP712_init_unchained(name, version);
        }
        function __EIP712_init_unchained(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
            bytes32 hashedName = keccak256(bytes(name));
            bytes32 hashedVersion = keccak256(bytes(version));
            _HASHED_NAME = hashedName;
            _HASHED_VERSION = hashedVersion;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns the domain separator for the current chain.
         */
        function _domainSeparatorV4() internal view returns (bytes32) {
            return _buildDomainSeparator(_TYPE_HASH, _EIP712NameHash(), _EIP712VersionHash());
        }
        function _buildDomainSeparator(
            bytes32 typeHash,
            bytes32 nameHash,
            bytes32 versionHash
        ) private view returns (bytes32) {
            return keccak256(abi.encode(typeHash, nameHash, versionHash, block.chainid, address(this)));
        }
        /**
         * @dev Given an already https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-hashstruct[hashed struct], this
         * function returns the hash of the fully encoded EIP712 message for this domain.
         *
         * This hash can be used together with {ECDSA-recover} to obtain the signer of a message. For example:
         *
         * ```solidity
         * bytes32 digest = _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(abi.encode(
         *     keccak256("Mail(address to,string contents)"),
         *     mailTo,
         *     keccak256(bytes(mailContents))
         * )));
         * address signer = ECDSA.recover(digest, signature);
         * ```
         */
        function _hashTypedDataV4(bytes32 structHash) internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
            return ECDSAUpgradeable.toTypedDataHash(_domainSeparatorV4(), structHash);
        }
        /**
         * @dev The hash of the name parameter for the EIP712 domain.
         *
         * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
         * are a concern.
         */
        function _EIP712NameHash() internal virtual view returns (bytes32) {
            return _HASHED_NAME;
        }
        /**
         * @dev The hash of the version parameter for the EIP712 domain.
         *
         * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
         * are a concern.
         */
        function _EIP712VersionHash() internal virtual view returns (bytes32) {
            return _HASHED_VERSION;
        }
        /**
         * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
         * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
         * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
         */
        uint256[50] private __gap;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
    import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
     *
     * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
     * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
     *
     * ```solidity
     * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
     *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
     * }
     * ```
     *
     * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
     */
    abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
        function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        }
        function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
         */
        function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
            return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
        }
        /**
         * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
         * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
         * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
         */
        uint256[50] private __gap;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
    pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
    /**
     * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
     *
     * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
     * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
     *
     * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
     */
    interface IERC165Upgradeable {
        /**
         * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
         * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
         * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
         * to learn more about how these ids are created.
         *
         * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
         */
        function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // ERC721A Contracts v3.3.0
    // Creator: Chiru Labs
    pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
    import "./IERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
     * the Metadata extension. Built to optimize for lower gas during batch mints.
     *
     * Assumes serials are sequentially minted starting at _startTokenId() (defaults to 0, e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3..).
     *
     * Assumes that an owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
     *
     * Assumes that the maximum token id cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
     */
    contract ERC721AUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
        using AddressUpgradeable for address;
        using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;
        // The tokenId of the next token to be minted.
        uint256 internal _currentIndex;
        // The number of tokens burned.
        uint256 internal _burnCounter;
        // Token name
        string private _name;
        // Token symbol
        string private _symbol;
        // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
        // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned. See _ownershipOf implementation for details.
        mapping(uint256 => TokenOwnership) internal _ownerships;
        // Mapping owner address to address data
        mapping(address => AddressData) private _addressData;
        // Mapping from token ID to approved address
        mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
        // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
        mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
        function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
            __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
        }
        function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
            _name = name_;
            _symbol = symbol_;
            _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
        }
        /**
         * To change the starting tokenId, please override this function.
         */
        function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
            return 0;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
         */
        function totalSupply() public view override returns (uint256) {
            // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
            // more than _currentIndex - _startTokenId() times
            unchecked {
                return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
            }
        }
        /**
         * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
         */
        function _totalMinted() internal view returns (uint256) {
            // Counter underflow is impossible as _currentIndex does not decrement,
            // and it is initialized to _startTokenId()
            unchecked {
                return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
         */
        function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
            return
                interfaceId == type(IERC721Upgradeable).interfaceId ||
                interfaceId == type(IERC721MetadataUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
                super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
         */
        function balanceOf(address owner) public view override returns (uint256) {
            if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
            return uint256(_addressData[owner].balance);
        }
        /**
         * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
         */
        function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
            return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberMinted);
        }
        /**
         * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
         */
        function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
            return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberBurned);
        }
        /**
         * Returns the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
         */
        function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
            return _addressData[owner].aux;
        }
        /**
         * Sets the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
         * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
         */
        function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal {
            _addressData[owner].aux = aux;
        }
        /**
         * Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
         * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around in the collection over time.
         */
        function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
            uint256 curr = tokenId;
            unchecked {
                if (_startTokenId() <= curr) if (curr < _currentIndex) {
                    TokenOwnership memory ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                    if (!ownership.burned) {
                        if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                            return ownership;
                        }
                        // Invariant:
                        // There will always be an ownership that has an address and is not burned
                        // before an ownership that does not have an address and is not burned.
                        // Hence, curr will not underflow.
                        while (true) {
                            curr--;
                            ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                            if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                                return ownership;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
            revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
         */
        function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
            return _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr;
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
         */
        function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
            return _name;
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
         */
        function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
            return _symbol;
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
         */
        function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
            if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
            string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
            return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : '';
        }
        /**
         * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
         * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
         * by default, can be overriden in child contracts.
         */
        function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
            return '';
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
         */
        function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public override {
            address owner = ERC721AUpgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);
            if (to == owner) revert ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
            if (_msgSender() != owner) if(!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender())) {
                revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            }
            _approve(to, tokenId, owner);
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
         */
        function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
            if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
            return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
         */
        function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
            if (operator == _msgSender()) revert ApproveToCaller();
            _operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
            emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
         */
        function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
            return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
         */
        function transferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId
        ) public virtual override {
            _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
         */
        function safeTransferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId
        ) public virtual override {
            safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
        }
        /**
         * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
         */
        function safeTransferFrom(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId,
            bytes memory _data
        ) public virtual override {
            _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
            if (to.isContract()) if(!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
         *
         * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
         *
         * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
         */
        function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
            return _startTokenId() <= tokenId && tokenId < _currentIndex && !_ownerships[tokenId].burned;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
         */
        function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
            _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
        }
        /**
         * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
         *   {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
         * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function _safeMint(
            address to,
            uint256 quantity,
            bytes memory _data
        ) internal {
            uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
            if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
            _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
            // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
            // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
            // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
            unchecked {
                _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
                _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
                _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
                _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
                uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
                uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
                if (to.isContract()) {
                    do {
                        emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex);
                        if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, updatedIndex++, _data)) {
                            revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                        }
                    } while (updatedIndex < end);
                    // Reentrancy protection
                    if (_currentIndex != startTokenId) revert();
                } else {
                    do {
                        emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                    } while (updatedIndex < end);
                }
                _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
            }
            _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
            uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
            if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
            _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
            // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
            // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
            // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
            unchecked {
                _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
                _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
                _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
                _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
                uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
                uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                } while (updatedIndex < end);
                _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
            }
            _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
         * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function _transfer(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId
        ) private {
            TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
            if (prevOwnership.addr != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
            bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
            if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
            _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
            // Clear approvals from the previous owner
            _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
            // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
            // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
            // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
            unchecked {
                _addressData[from].balance -= 1;
                _addressData[to].balance += 1;
                TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
                currSlot.addr = to;
                currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
                // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the transfer initiator owns it.
                // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
                if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                    // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                    // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        nextSlot.addr = from;
                        nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                    }
                }
            }
            emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
            _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
         */
        function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
            _burn(tokenId, false);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
         * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
         *
         * Requirements:
         *
         * - `tokenId` must exist.
         *
         * Emits a {Transfer} event.
         */
        function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
            TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
            address from = prevOwnership.addr;
            if (approvalCheck) {
                bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                    isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                    getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
                if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            }
            _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
            // Clear approvals from the previous owner
            _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
            // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
            // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
            // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
            unchecked {
                AddressData storage addressData = _addressData[from];
                addressData.balance -= 1;
                addressData.numberBurned += 1;
                // Keep track of who burned the token, and the timestamp of burning.
                TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
                currSlot.addr = from;
                currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
                currSlot.burned = true;
                // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the burn initiator owns it.
                // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
                if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                    // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                    // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        nextSlot.addr = from;
                        nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                    }
                }
            }
            emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
            _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
            // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
            unchecked {
                _burnCounter++;
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
         *
         * Emits a {Approval} event.
         */
        function _approve(
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId,
            address owner
        ) private {
            _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
            emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
        }
        /**
         * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
         *
         * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
         * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
         * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
         * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
         * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
         */
        function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 tokenId,
            bytes memory _data
        ) private returns (bool) {
            try IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
                return retval == IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                } else {
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        /**
         * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token ids are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
         * And also called before burning one token.
         *
         * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
         * quantity - the amount to be transferred
         *
         * Calling conditions:
         *
         * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
         * transferred to `to`.
         * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
         * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
         * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
         */
        function _beforeTokenTransfers(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 startTokenId,
            uint256 quantity
        ) internal virtual {}
        /**
         * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token ids have been transferred. This includes
         * minting.
         * And also called after one token has been burned.
         *
         * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
         * quantity - the amount to be transferred
         *
         * Calling conditions:
         *
         * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
         * transferred to `to`.
         * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
         * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
         * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
         */
        function _afterTokenTransfers(
            address from,
            address to,
            uint256 startTokenId,
            uint256 quantity
        ) internal virtual {}
        /**
         * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
         * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
         * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
         */
        uint256[42] private __gap;
    }
    // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
    // ERC721A Contracts v3.3.0
    // Creator: Chiru Labs
    pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
    import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721MetadataUpgradeable.sol";
    /**
     * @dev Interface of an ERC721A compliant contract.
     */
    interface IERC721AUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable, IERC721MetadataUpgradeable {
        /**
         * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
         */
        error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        /**
         * The token does not exist.
         */
        error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        /**
         * The caller cannot approve to their own address.
         */
        error ApproveToCaller();
        /**
         * The caller cannot approve to the current owner.
         */
        error ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
        /**
         * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
         */
        error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        /**
         * Cannot mint to the zero address.
         */
        error MintToZeroAddress();
        /**
         * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
         */
        error MintZeroQuantity();
        /**
         * The token does not exist.
         */
        error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
        /**
         * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
         */
        error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        /**
         * The token must be owned by `from`.
         */
        error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        /**
         * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the ERC721Receiver interface.
         */
        error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
        /**
         * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
         */
        error TransferToZeroAddress();
        /**
         * The token does not exist.
         */
        error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
        struct TokenOwnership {
            // The address of the owner.
            address addr;
            // Keeps track of the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
            uint64 startTimestamp;
            // Whether the token has been burned.
            bool burned;
        }
        // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
        struct AddressData {
            // Realistically, 2**64-1 is more than enough.
            uint64 balance;
            // Keeps track of mint count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
            uint64 numberMinted;
            // Keeps track of burn count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
            uint64 numberBurned;
            // For miscellaneous variable(s) pertaining to the address
            // (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
            // If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
            uint64 aux;
        }
        /**
         * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
         * 
         * Burned tokens are calculated here, use `_totalMinted()` if you want to count just minted tokens.
         */
        function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    }